Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Sioux City City Zoning Code

CHAPTER 25

05 Site Development

SUBCHAPTER 25.05-D EXTERIOR LIGHTING

Effective on: 1/1/1901

Sec. 25.05.010 Purpose

  • Generally. The purpose of this Division is to ensure that:
    1. Adequate off-street parking is provided for uses that are permitted by this Zoning and Sign Code. (See Subchapter 25.02-C, Land Uses;)
    2. Sufficient parking is provided in nonresidential areas that are near residential neighborhoods, so that the character and quality of life in the residential neighborhoods are protected from overflow parking;
    3. Areas for parking are well-designed so as to prevent or alleviate the congestion of public streets and to promote the safety and welfare of the public;
    4. The sharing of off-street parking spaces among uses that have different peak parking demands allows for a reduction in the number of parking spaces that are required to serve mixed-use development;
    5. Adequate loading areas are provided that do not interfere with the function of streets and other vehicular use areas;
    6. Adequate stacking spaces are provided to ensure safe and efficient circulation within sites that contain drive-in or drive-through uses; and
    7. Sites that are used for infill development on vacant lots or parcels, adaptive re-use, or redevelopment have flexibility and alternatives for compliance with this Division, as set out in Subsection 25.05.030.5, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions, such that investments in upgrades to real property are promoted.
  • Parking Reductions. In addition to establishing parking requirements that provide for convenience, neighborhood protection, and mobility, this Division provides several ways to reduce the number of parking spaces that are required for development, in order to promote the efficient use of land and reduce the expanse of impervious areas.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 25.05.020 Application

  • Application.
    1. All new development, including new construction on infill lots or parcels, shall provide the quantity of parking spaces required by Section 25.05.030, Parking and Loading Calculations, and comply with all other provisions of this Division.
    2. Redevelopment, adaptive re-use, expansions or substantial improvements to existing development, and changes in the use(s) of existing buildings that require additional parking shall provide parking to the extent of the new demand created by the improvement, re-use, expansion, or change in use(s). The expansion of existing uses or buildings for which the parking is currently nonconforming do not require, as a condition of expansion, conformance for that portion of the use or building that is nonconforming.
    3. Changes in the use(s) of existing buildings that result in fewer required parking spaces shall not be required to provide additional parking spaces.
  • Number of Required Parking and Loading Spaces. The number of parking and loading spaces that must be provided for a proposed new development is calculated as provided in Section 25.05.030, Parking and Loading Calculations. Subsection 25.05.030.1, Calculation of Required Parking Spaces, establishes the methodology for calculating the number of required parking spaces, including measurement of independent variables and application of available credits and reductions that are allowed by Subsection 25.05.030.5, Parking Credits and Reductions, and Subsection 25.05.030.6, Shared Parking.
  • Stacking Spaces. Stacking spaces (spaces for cars that are waiting for drive-up or drive-through services) are required for drive-up and drive-through uses as provided in Subsection 25.05.040.6, Vehicle Stacking.
  • Design of Parking and Loading Areas. The size and configuration of parking and loading spaces shall be as set out in Section 25.05.040, Design and Use.
  • Surfacing, Use, and Maintenance of Parking and Loading Areas. Standards for the surfacing, use, and maintenance of parking and loading areas are set out in Subsection 25.05.040.7, Surfacing and Maintenance. Standards that apply to temporary uses in parking and loading areas are set out in Subchapter 25.02-E, Temporary Uses.
  • Parking for Uses that are Not Listed. For uses that are not listed in Subchapter 25.02-C, Land Uses, the required parking and loading spaces shall be calculated on the same basis as required for a principal use that is either a subcategory of an allowed use, limited use, or conditional use, or a use that is functionally similar to an allowed use, limited use, or conditional use, as determined by the Administrator. (See Section 25.02.140, Uses That Are Not Listed)
  • Exemption. By reason of the character and function of the Downtown Commercial (DC), Historic Area - 4th Street (HA-4), and Historic Area - Pearl Street (HA-P) districts, the off-street parking provisions of this Division do not apply.
  • Timing of Compliance. No change of use permit, zoning permit, building permit, occupational license, or certificate of occupancy shall be issued unless and until off-street parking and loading is provided in accordance with this Division.
  • (Ord. 2015-0915; 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 25.05.040 Design and Use

    Sec. 25.05.050 Site Access

  • Access to Single-Family and Duplex Lots.
    1. Existing Lots. Existing access to single-family detached and duplex lots from arterial or collector streets is permitted. However, the existing access shall be moved from the arterial or collector to a local street if:
      1. The lot has access to a local street; and
      2. The principal building is redeveloped or substantially improved (or a new principal building is constructed).
    2. New Lots. New single-family detached, duplex, or single-family attached dwelling units shall not take access to arterial or collector streets unless they have more than 200 feet of frontage and the driveway is designed to prevent vehicles from backing onto an arterial or collector street.
    3. Driveway Widths. Driveways that provide access to single-family detached, duplex, or single-family attached dwelling units shall be not less than 12 feet wide and not more than 36 feet wide at the property line. Single-family attached units are alloed to combine driveway widths when garages are located adjacent, to a maximum of 48 feet. Driveway width shall be maintained at a width of no greater than 36 feet between the property line and the garage or carport opening, except that it may be expanded for additional parking or where a turnaround is required to avoid backing onto an arterial or collector street.
  • Access Management Standards.
    1. Generally. Parcels proposed for development with uses other than single-family detached, duplex, or single-family attached dwelling units shall comply with the following access management standards:
      1. Parcels that front on arterials and collectors shall provide cross-access to each other unless cross-access is demonstrated as infeasible.
      2. Where connections to abutting parcels are possible, but not currently provided:
        1. The parcel proposed for development shall include a stub-out at a location that allows for a reasonable connection on the abutting parcel (e.g.., one that allows for reasonable development of both parcels) in the future; and
        2. The applicant shall record a cross-access easement in a form acceptable to the City Attorney to allow for future connection of the stub-out to a comparable facility on the abutting parcel.
      3. Access shall be spaced according to the standards of Item 3., below. Temporary access (or a continuation of current access) may be provided to parcels which cannot comply with this requirement, provided that reasonable access is unavailable through improved cross access easements or consolidation of abutting lots.
      4. Access shall be designed so that vehicles do not back into traffic.
    2. Degree of Compliance. If the width of a lot or other constraint prevents an individual access from being compliant with Item 3., below, then common access shall be provided via joint access and/or cross access easements. Even if common access does not achieve compliance with Item 3., below, it shall be utilized if it creates spacing of greater width or safety between access points than would be provided in the absence of common access.
    3. Driveway Widths. Driveways for all uses other than single-family detached, duplex, and single-family attached dwelling units shall be at least 24 feet wide, but not more than 45 feet wide (at the property line), and configured to direct traffic safely into and out of the parcel proposed for development. Such configuration may require median separation between ingress lanes and egress lanes. Driveways that access one-way drive aisles can be reduced to the drive aisle widths listed in Table 25.05.040.4 for the respective parking configuration.
    4. Alternative Access for Corner Lots. Lots that abut intersections of arterial streets and local streets shall take access from the local street if the access meets the corner clearance requirements of Item 3., below.
    5. Timing of Compliance with this Division.
      1. New development, redevelopment, or substantial improvement shall demonstrate compliance with this Division for each required development approval.
      2. Properties with access connections that do not meet the requirements of this Division shall be brought into compliance to the greatest extent practicable when modifications to the street are made, or when a change in use results in one or more of the following conditions:
        1. An access connection permit is required;
        2. A plat is required;
        3. A site plan is required;
        4. A building permit is required;
        5. An occupational license is required; and/or
        6. The site will generate an increase of 20 percent or greater in peak hour trips or 100 vehicles per hour in the peak hour, whichever is less, as determined by one of the following methods:
          1. An estimation based on the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Trip Generation Manual (latest edition) methodology for typical land uses; or
          2. Traffic counts made at similar traffic generators located in the City; or
          3. Actual traffic monitoring conducted during the peak hour of the adjacent roadway traffic for the property.
      3. If the principal activity on a parcel with access connections that do not meet the regulations of this Division is discontinued for a period of one year or more, then upon re-establishment of any use, the parcel must comply with all applicable access requirements of this Division to the extent practicable.
  • Access Spacing and Corner Clearance.
    1. Generally. Access points include streets, alleys, driveways, and access roads. Spacing of access points shall be provided as set out in this Item, or as set out in the Statewide Urban Design and Specifications (SUDAS) Manual.
    2. Measurements. Generally, the requirements of this Item are measured along the edge of the travel way, from the closest edge of pavement of the first access connection to the closest edge of pavement of the second access connection, including curb returns. This type of spacing is shown in Figure 25.05.050.1, Illustrative Access Spacing and Corner Clearance Measurements, as “spacing, same side". However, access spacing on opposite sides of the street are measured at the centerlines of the access points. This type of spacing is shown in Figure 25.05.050.1, Illustrative Access Spacing and Corner Clearance Measurements, as “spacing, opposite side".
  • Figure 25.05.050.1
    Illustrative Access Spacing and Corner Clearance Measurements
      1. Access Spacing, Same Side of the Street. The minimum access spacing for access points on the same side of the street is set out in Table 25.05.050.1, Access Spacing, Same Side of the Street.
    Table 25.05.050.1
    Access Spacing, Same Side of the Street1,2
    Street ClassificationLocalCollectorArterial
    Posted Speed Limitanyany<30<35<40<45<50
    Access Serves Residential Land Use20 ft.40 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    Access Serves Nonresidential or Mixed Land Uses40 ft.200 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    Access Serves Industrial Land Use60 ft.200 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    Table Notes:
    1. Not applicable when driveway is located on the turnaround of a cul-de-sac.
    2. Driveway spacing between single-family attached units can be reduced to 15’.
    Table 25.05.050.1
    Access Spacing, Same Side of the Street1,2
    Street ClassificationLocalCollectorArterial
    Posted Speed Limitanyany<30<35<40<45<50
    Access Serves Residential Land Use20 ft.40 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    Access Serves Nonresidential or Mixed Land Uses40 ft.200 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    Access Serves Industrial Land Use60 ft.200 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    Table Notes:
    1. Not applicable when driveway is located on the turnaround of a cul-de-sac.
    2. Driveway spacing between single-family attached units can be reduced to 15’.
    Table 25.05.050.1
    Access Spacing, Same Side of the Street1,2
    Street ClassificationLocalCollectorArterial
    Posted Speed Limitanyany<30<35<40<45<50
    Access Serves Residential Land Use20 ft.40 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    Access Serves Nonresidential or Mixed Land Uses40 ft.200 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    Access Serves Industrial Land Use60 ft.200 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    Table Notes:
    1. Not applicable when driveway is located on the turnaround of a cul-de-sac.
    2. Driveway spacing between single-family attached units can be reduced to 15’.
    Table 25.05.050.1
    Access Spacing, Same Side of the Street1,2
    Street ClassificationLocalCollectorArterial
    Posted Speed Limitanyany<30<35<40<45<50
    Access Serves Residential Land Use20 ft.40 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    Access Serves Nonresidential or Mixed Land Uses40 ft.200 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    Access Serves Industrial Land Use60 ft.200 ft.200 ft.250 ft.300 ft.360 ft.425 ft.
    Table Notes:
    1. Not applicable when driveway is located on the turnaround of a cul-de-sac.
    2. Driveway spacing between single-family attached units can be reduced to 15’.
      1. Access Spacing, Opposite Sides of the Street. In order to prevent conflicting left-turn movements, connections on opposite sides of arterial and collector streets shall be directly opposite each other or offset by a distance of at least 125 feet, unless a median or diverter prevents the potential conflicts.
      2. Corner Clearance.
        1. The minimum corner clearance for access points is set out in Table 25.05.050.2, Minimum Corner Clearance. The means for using the table is illustrated in Figure 25.05.050.2, Illustrative Minimum Corner Clearance.
        2. The distances that are set out in the table are minimums. Since site and intersection design must be considered on an individual basis, greater clearance lengths may be required by the City Engineer if necessary to protect public safety.
        3. Shared access may be used to meet the requirements of this Item. If the dimensions of an existing lot and the absence of a reasonable opportunity for shared access make compliance with this Item impractical, then right-in, right-out access may be permitted at the farthest available point away from the intersection. For example, a fueling station that cannot establish shared access with neighboring properties may be permitted to have two right-in, right-out access points (one on each frontage), provided that they are located as far away from the intersection as possible.
    Table 25.05.050.2
    Minimum Corner Clearance
    Intersecting Street ClassificationMinimum Corner Clearance for Access Points on:
    Street AStreet BStreet AStreet B
    Residential Driveways
    LocalLocal40 ft.40 ft.
    LocalCollector40 ft.50 ft.1
    CollectorCollector50 ft.150 ft.1
    ArterialLocal125 ft.275 ft.
    ArterialCollector125 ft.275 ft.1
    ArterialArterial125 ft.2125 ft.2
    Nonresidential and Industrial Driveways
    LocalLocal50 ft.50 ft.
    LocalCollector50 ft.50 ft.
    CollectorCollector75 ft.75 ft.
    ArterialLocal125 ft.375 ft.
    ArterialCollector125 ft.375 ft.
    ArterialArterial125 ft.3125 ft.3
    Table Notes:
    1. Note that single-family detached and duplex driveways are generally not allowed on this street classification. This standards applies to access to other types of residential development.
    2. An area for stacking vehicles at ingress points to multi-family development may be required by the City Engineer to prevent disruption of traffic flow on the arterial street.
    3. A variance is required for corner lots with arterial street frontage where the required corner clearance cannot be met as a result of the lot width or depth.
    Table 25.05.050.2
    Minimum Corner Clearance
    Intersecting Street ClassificationMinimum Corner Clearance for Access Points on:
    Street AStreet BStreet AStreet B
    Residential Driveways
    LocalLocal40 ft.40 ft.
    LocalCollector40 ft.50 ft.1
    CollectorCollector50 ft.150 ft.1
    ArterialLocal125 ft.275 ft.
    ArterialCollector125 ft.275 ft.1
    ArterialArterial125 ft.2125 ft.2
    Nonresidential and Industrial Driveways
    LocalLocal50 ft.50 ft.
    LocalCollector50 ft.50 ft.
    CollectorCollector75 ft.75 ft.
    ArterialLocal125 ft.375 ft.
    ArterialCollector125 ft.375 ft.
    ArterialArterial125 ft.3125 ft.3
    Table Notes:
    1. Note that single-family detached and duplex driveways are generally not allowed on this street classification. This standards applies to access to other types of residential development.
    2. An area for stacking vehicles at ingress points to multi-family development may be required by the City Engineer to prevent disruption of traffic flow on the arterial street.
    3. A variance is required for corner lots with arterial street frontage where the required corner clearance cannot be met as a result of the lot width or depth.
    Table 25.05.050.2
    Minimum Corner Clearance
    Intersecting Street ClassificationMinimum Corner Clearance for Access Points on:
    Street AStreet BStreet AStreet B
    Residential Driveways
    LocalLocal40 ft.40 ft.
    LocalCollector40 ft.50 ft.1
    CollectorCollector50 ft.150 ft.1
    ArterialLocal125 ft.275 ft.
    ArterialCollector125 ft.275 ft.1
    ArterialArterial125 ft.2125 ft.2
    Nonresidential and Industrial Driveways
    LocalLocal50 ft.50 ft.
    LocalCollector50 ft.50 ft.
    CollectorCollector75 ft.75 ft.
    ArterialLocal125 ft.375 ft.
    ArterialCollector125 ft.375 ft.
    ArterialArterial125 ft.3125 ft.3
    Table Notes:
    1. Note that single-family detached and duplex driveways are generally not allowed on this street classification. This standards applies to access to other types of residential development.
    2. An area for stacking vehicles at ingress points to multi-family development may be required by the City Engineer to prevent disruption of traffic flow on the arterial street.
    3. A variance is required for corner lots with arterial street frontage where the required corner clearance cannot be met as a result of the lot width or depth.
    Table 25.05.050.2
    Minimum Corner Clearance
    Intersecting Street ClassificationMinimum Corner Clearance for Access Points on:
    Street AStreet BStreet AStreet B
    Residential Driveways
    LocalLocal40 ft.40 ft.
    LocalCollector40 ft.50 ft.1
    CollectorCollector50 ft.150 ft.1
    ArterialLocal125 ft.275 ft.
    ArterialCollector125 ft.275 ft.1
    ArterialArterial125 ft.2125 ft.2
    Nonresidential and Industrial Driveways
    LocalLocal50 ft.50 ft.
    LocalCollector50 ft.50 ft.
    CollectorCollector75 ft.75 ft.
    ArterialLocal125 ft.375 ft.
    ArterialCollector125 ft.375 ft.
    ArterialArterial125 ft.3125 ft.3
    Table Notes:
    1. Note that single-family detached and duplex driveways are generally not allowed on this street classification. This standards applies to access to other types of residential development.
    2. An area for stacking vehicles at ingress points to multi-family development may be required by the City Engineer to prevent disruption of traffic flow on the arterial street.
    3. A variance is required for corner lots with arterial street frontage where the required corner clearance cannot be met as a result of the lot width or depth.
    Figure 25.05.050.2
    Illustrative Minimum Corner Clearance
    1. Number of Access Points.
      1. Generally.
        1. The maximum number of access points allowed will be the smallest number of access points that are necessary to accommodate the peak hour demands of the site.
        2. The maximum number of access points may be increased if:
          1. The lot fronts on an arterial and there are one or more side streets of lesser functional classification;
          2. Access to the site will be provided from the streets of lesser functional classification; and
          3. The total number of access points along the arterial frontage is reduced.
      2. Limitation. Nothing in this Item supersedes the other access management requirements of this Division or Code.
    2. Common Access and Internal Cross Access.
      1. Generally.
        1. Access that is shared by adjacent nonresidential or mixed use properties, whether under single or separate ownership, shall be preserved using an appropriate legal instrument acceptable to the City Attorney, approved by the Administrator, and recorded in the public records at the applicant's expense. The obligation to provide and maintain the cross-access shall run with the land. The recorded book and page number of the legal instrument shall be referenced on any subsequent approved site plans or subdivision plats of the property.
        2. If there is an existing shared access for which there is no recorded legal documentation, the shared access shall continue and appropriate legal documentation shall be executed in a form acceptable to the City Attorney and recorded.
      2. Terms. The City may require that common and cross access easements include one or more of the following:
        1. Sufficient width to accommodate a two-way access between properties, designed to accommodate automobiles and service and loading vehicles.
        2. Stub-outs and other design features to allow abutting properties to be tied in to provide future cross access.
        3. Linkage to other cross access drives in the area.

    (Ord. 2019-0721; 2015-0915; 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 25.05.060 Purpose

    The purpose of this Division is to establish landscaping standards that preserve native vegetation that contributes to the natural character of the City, enhance the appearance and character of the City, improve the compatibility of abutting uses, and protect the ecological and recreational value of the City's beautiful natural resources.

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 25.05.070 Application

  • Generally. This Division requires two types of landscaping:
    1. Development Landscaping. See Section 25.05.090, Development Landscaping.
    2. Bufferyard Landscaping. See Section 25.05.100, Bufferyards. Bufferyards are required based on zoning, development type, or right-of-way type that abuts a parcel proposed for development. Bufferyards may be required along and between:
      1. District boundaries;
      2. Housing types within mixed housing neighborhoods and traditional neighborhood development; and
      3. Different types or intensities of uses within a mixed use development.
  • Application of Standards. This Division applies to all new development, redevelopment, and substantial improvements, and where specifically indicated, to existing trees and landscaping. The application of this Division may be limited by Subchapter 25.06-C, Nonconformities.
  • Adjustments and Changes.
    1. Necessary or requested adjustments or changes to the requirements of this Division may only be by reason of:
      1. Unnecessary hardship caused by the strict interpretation of this Code.
      2. Conditions that have not been brought about by action of the applicant or owner; and
      3. Site constraints or impracticalities that are due to special conditions of the property that do not exist on other properties in the same zoning district;
    2. In these instances, the Planning and Zoning Commission may consider allowing minor adjustments to the landscape plan if the standards of approval may not be reasonably met, by considering approval, approval with conditions, or denial of the site plan.
  • Exceptions. The following are exceptions to the standards of this Division:
    1. Individual lots of record that are used for existing single-family detached or single-family attached dwellings unless required by this Division (see Subsection 25.05.080.2, Tree Protection).
    2. Modifications to nonresidential buildings where the building expansion or redevelopment does not exceed the gross floor area of the existing building by more than 10 percent or 3,000 square feet, whichever is less.
    3. Sites that are proposed for redevelopment or substantial improvement, where due to the geometry of the site or existing improvements, installation of landscaping in compliance within this Division would be impractical or unreasonable, in which case the City may approve a lesser landscaping requirement, provided that the reduction of landscaping standards is only the extent necessary to make the installation practicable. In no case shall this exception be interpreted to lessen these requirements for reasons other than those provided.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 25.05.130 Purpose, Objectives, Authority, and Findings

  • Generally. Signs are an important aspect of the City, particularly considering its role as the economic engine of the Siouxland Metropolitan Region; its tri-state location at the intersection of I-29, U.S. 20, and U.S. 75; as well as its setting along the Missouri River and among the scenic Loess Hills. When poorly regulated, signs create visual blight, which detracts from the quality appearance and character of the community. When overly restricted though, the lack of signs create a hardship for merchants who rely on effective signage to identify their establishments and communicate their messages. In this way, the City supports the rights of businesses to advertise and the rights of advertising companies to pursue their business, while at the same time employing fair and reasonable regulations to achieve the purposes and objectives of this Division.
  • Purpose. There are many purposes for this Division. The overall purpose is to promote, preserve, and protect the health, safety, and general welfare of the present and future inhabitants of the City by providing reasonable standards relating to the type, placement, and physical dimensions of signs as means for providing for traffic safety, conserving the value of buildings, and encouraging an appropriate use of land throughout the City. Furthermore, the purpose of this Division is to set out regulations for the erection and maintenance of signs while serving the interests of businesses, together with that of the community and its quality character and aesthetic integrity. Lastly, an important purpose of this Division to preserve the right of free speech and expression.
  • Scope. This Division shall not regulate signs required or specifically authorized for a public purpose by any law, statute, or ordinance, which may be of any type, number, area, height above grade, location, illumination, or other animation required by law, statute, or ordinance under which the sign is erected. 
  • Objectives. The objectives of these regulations are to provide a regulatory framework that balances a consideration of interests pertaining to the design, construction, and placement of signs that:
    1. Promotes the safety of persons and property by ensuring that signs do not create a hazard by:
      1. Collapsing, catching fire, or otherwise deteriorating or decaying;
      2. Confusing or distracting motorists; or
      3. Impairing drivers' ability by obstructing the awareness or visibility of pedestrians, obstacles, or other vehicles, or to read traffic control devices or signs; and
    2. Promotes the efficient communication of messages and ensures that persons exposed to signs:
      1. Are not overwhelmed by the number of messages presented; and
      2. Are able to exercise freedom of choice to observe or ignore said messages; and
    3. Conforms to “national policy” relating to the control of advertising devices adjacent to the interstate system, as contained in 23 U.S.C. § 131, or amendments, which is promulgated by Chapter 306B, Outdoor Advertising Along Interstate Highways, of the Iowa Code;
    4. Protects the public welfare and enhances the appearance and economic value of the community environs by protecting scenic views of the Missouri River and the Loess Hills while avoiding sign clutter that can comprise the character, quality, function, and viability of the City's most highly traveled corridors;
    5. Ensures that signs are compatible with their surroundings, and prevents the construction of signs that are a nuisance or that may devalue the enjoyment of properties by the occupants of adjacent and contiguous property due to brightness, reflectivity, shading, bulk, or height;
    6. Promotes the use of signs that are contextually sensitive, attractive, of appropriate scale, and integrated with the built environment in order to meet the City's planning objectives related to the quality and character of development;
    7. Enhances property values and business opportunities;
    8. Assists in way-finding; and
    9. Provides fair and consistent permitting and enforcement.
  • Authority. The City Council finds that:
    1. It has the authority to regulate signs under the United States Constitution;
    2. It has the authority to regulate signs within the areas zoned and used for commercial or industrial purposes within the adjacent areas of interstates, freeway primary, and primary highways, pursuant to Iowa Code Chapter 306B, Outdoor Advertising along Interstate Highways and Chapter 306C, Junkyard Beautification and Billboard Control.
    3. The Iowa Department of Transportation has the authority for the regulation of outdoor advertising within the adjacent areas of interstates, freeway primary, and primary highways, pursuant to Iowa Code Chapter 306B, Outdoor Advertising along Interstate Highways and Chapter 306C, Junkyard Beautification and Billboard Control, as well as the erection of new advertising devices along the Loess Hills Scenic Byway in order to comply with Federal requirements concerning the implementation of the National Scenic Byways Program, as set out in Iowa Code, Chapter 306D, Scenic Routes.
    4. This Division advances important and substantial governmental interests.
    5. The regulations set out in this Division are unrelated to the suppression of constitutionally-protected free expression and do not involve the content of protected messages that may be displayed on signs, nor do they involve the viewpoint of individual speakers.
    6. The incidental restriction on the freedom of speech is no greater than is essential to the furtherance of the interests protected by this Division.
    7. Certain types of speech are not protected by the First Amendment due to the harm that they cause to individuals or the community, and speech that is harmful to minors may be prohibited in places that are accessible to minors.
  • Findings of Fact. General findings of fact include:
    1. The ability to display signs of reasonable size and dimensions is vital to the health and sustainability of many businesses, and the display of signs with noncommercial messages is a traditional component of the freedom of speech, but the constitutional guarantee of free speech may be limited by appropriate and constrained regulation that is unrelated to the expression itself;
    2. The City has an important and substantial interest in preventing sign clutter (which is the proliferation of signs of increasing size and dimensions as a result of competition among property owners for the attention of passing motorists), because sign clutter degrades the character of the community, makes the community a less attractive place for commerce and private investment, and dilutes or obscures messages displayed along the City's streets and highways by creating visual confusion and aesthetic blight;
    3. Sign clutter can be prevented by regulations that balance the legitimate needs of individual property owners to convey their commercial and noncommercial messages against the comparable needs of adjacent and nearby property owners and the interest of the community as a whole in providing for a high quality community character;
    4. Temporary signs that are not constructed of weather-resistant materials are often damaged or destroyed by wind, rain, snow, and sun, and after such damage or destruction, degrade the quality appearance of the City's streets if they are not removed; and
    5. The City has an important and substantial interest in keeping its rights-of-way clear of visual obstructions and litter.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Sec. 25.05.140 Application

  • Generally. As of the effective date of this Code, all erection, construction, enlargement, modification, alteration, relocation, repair, improvements, demolition, maintenance, or conversation of signs with the City shall conform to the requirements of this Division, all State and Federal regulations concerning signs and advertising (particularly as set out in Section 25.05.130, Purpose, Objectives, Authority, and Findings), and all applicable building codes. Generally, signs are approved by issuance of a sign permit. However, there are some signs that do not require a permit, which are listed in Item 3., below.
  • Signs Requiring a Permit. A sign permit shall be required for all permitted signs as set out in Section 25.05.180, Permanent and Temporary Signs, unless otherwise exempted by Item 3., below. In addition, a sign permit shall be required at any time the sign area is increased, if the increase is allowable within the district in which the sign is located, and if the originally approved specifications are modified or altered or if the sign is proposed to be replaced or relocated. Illuminated signs are also subject to the provisions of the National Electrical Code, as amended from time to time and adopted by the City.
  • Signs That Do Not Require a Sign Permit.
    1. Sign Types. The following signs do not require a sign permit, but may require a building permit or other related permits (if subject to building or electrical codes).
      1. Carried Signs. Carried signs are those that are being carried by people (however, such signs are not exempt if they are set down or propped up against objects);
      2. Decorative Signs. Signs that are clearly incidental, customary, and commonly associated with a holiday are permitted, provided:
        1. In the Rural Residential (RR), Suburban Residential (SR), General Residential (GR), and Urban Residential (UR) districts, as well as each of the Neighborhood Conservation (NC) sub-districts:
          1. Banners or signs that promote non-commercial special events are prohibited; and
          2. Holiday decorations are permitted provided they do not encroach into public street right-of-way.
        2. In all other districts:
          1. Each sign or decoration may be erected up to 30 days before a promoted event and must be removed within 10 days after the completion of the promoted event; and
          2. If the erection of any decorative sign or holiday decoration promoting a non-commercial special event will encroach into public street right-of-way, a temporary permit may be issued pursuant to Section 17.28.020, Encroachments, under Title 17, Streets and Sidewalks, of the Municipal Code. An encroachment permit must be obtained before any such decorative sign or holiday decoration may be erected.
      3. Directional / Information Signs. One sign, illuminated or non-illuminated, with a cumulative sign area per Subsection 25.05.180.3.
      4. Official Flags. One duly adopted official flag of each of the nation, state, county, or City, illuminated or non-illuminated, may be flown on a property provided the flag is attached to a permanent flagpole or a flagpole that is mounted to a principal building and provided the flag does not encroach into public right-of-way or exceed the heights set out in Section 25.03.050, Height and Area Regulations.
      5. Home Occupation Signs. One non-illuminated sign, placard, or nameplate with a cumulative sign area of no more than one square foot is permitted per dwelling unit provided it as attached or affixed securely and flat against a wall of the home. Such sign may only display the occupant's name, address, and/or occupation.
      6. Incidental Signs. These non-illuminated signs are permitted provided they have an individual sign area of no more than two square feet. Examples of such signs includes those that are affixed to machines, equipment, fences, gates, walls, gasoline pumps, or utility cabinets that are within view of public rights-of-way.
      7. Integral Signs. Integral signs are those that are etched into stone, concrete, or another building material, or made of bronze, aluminum, or other permanent type of construction and made an integral part of the structure to which they are attached, provided that the sign does not exceed a cumulative sign area of six square feet.
      8. Interior Signs. Interior signs are those that are not visible from residential uses or districts, abutting property, or public rights-of-way or easements;
      9. Murals. Murals must not contain advertising nor fall under the definition of a sign, Subchapter 25.07-C, Sign, in the Municipal Code.  Murals shall be reviewed by city staff including, but not limited to, Economic and Community Development Department, Legal Department, and Sioux City Art Center staff or their designee. Items to be reviewed shall include the number of facades covered on the building, mural size and conformance with 25.05.170.2(6) Prohibited Content.
      10. Official Signs or Legal Notices. Official signs and legal notices that are issued by any court, public body, official, or officer in performance of a public duty, or in giving any legal notice, including signs that are required to be posted to give notice of pending action pursuant to this Code.
      11. Signs de Minimus. Signs that are securely affixed to a building or structure (even if wall signs are not permitted in the district or for the use), which do not exceed one square foot in sign area, provided that only one such sign is present on each building elevation that is visible from public street rights-of-way or neighboring property.
      12. Subdivision Entrance Signs. One illuminated or non-illuminated sign with a cumulative sign area of no more 24 square feet is permitted per subdivision entrance from a collector or arterial or highway, provided such sign is set back no less than 10 feet from any property line. Each subdivision is permitted a maximum of three subdivision entrance signs, unless more are requested and authorized by the Planning and Zoning Commission.
      13. Temporary Signs. See Subsection 25.05.180.5, Temporary Signs.
      14. Traffic Control Devices. Traffic control devices and signs related to public safety that the city, county, state, federal, or another jurisdiction installs or requires to be installed are permitted.
    2. General Standards. Relating only to signs that do not require a permit:
      1. No sign shall be illuminated unless allowed by this Item.
      2. No sign shall be located within or over any public street right-of-way unless that portion of public street right-of-way has been vacated and proper authorization through:
        1. Acquisition of title; or
        2. Acquisition of an easement; or
        3. An encroachment permit under Chapter 17.28 of the Municipal Code has first been obtained.
      3. The height of signs that do not require a permit shall not exceed six feet above average grade, except as set out elsewhere in this Code.
      4. The sign area of signs that do not require a permit do not apply toward the total sign area allowed for the district in which the sign is located, as set out in Section 25.05.180, Permanent and Temporary Signs.
      5. The signs listed under Item 3.a., above, are not subject to setback requirements unless specifically stated in this Item, but they may not be located in public rights-of-way or within a sight distance triangle.
      6. No sign shall be placed at any location where, because of its size, location, content, or coloring, it may constitute a traffic hazard or a detriment to traffic safety by obstructing the vision of drivers, by detracting from the visibility of any traffic control device or by being confused with an authorized traffic control device.
    3. Portable Signs. Portable signs do not require a sign permit provided they comply with the standards set out in Subsection 25.05.180.6, Portable Signs.
  • Exemption for Addressing. The City finds that posting of the addresses of buildings in locations that are visible from the street is necessary for the effective delivery of public safety services. The efficient and timely delivery of emergency services is a compelling governmental interest. Accordingly, the City requires that street addresses shall be posted as follows:
    1. Mixed Use, Nonresidential, and Special Districts. Street addresses shall be posted at:
      1. All primary building entrances; and
      2. On detached signage if the address on the building is not visible from the street.
    2. Residential Districts. Street addresses shall be posted:
      1. On the facade of the building that faces the street from which the address is taken; and
      2. On the mailbox or mailbox support (if applicable), if the mailbox is detached from the building.
    3. Exclusion from Sign Area Calculation. Because address signs are a substantial governmental interest, numbers and letters for addressing are not included in the calculation of sign area if they are not more than 14 inches in height.
  • Signs Permitted Before Effective Date. If the permit for a sign has been issued in accordance with all City ordinances in effect prior to the effective date of this Code, and provided that construction of the principal building or erection of the sign began within six months of the effective date of this Code and diligently pursued to completion, said sign may be completed in accordance with the approved plans on the basis of which the permit was issued, subject thereafter, if applicable, to the provisions of this Code regarding nonconforming signs.
  • Relationship to Other Sign Regulations. This Code recognizes other regulations that pertain to signage, such as those set out in Section 25.05.130, Purpose, Objectives, Authority, and Findings (Item 5, Authority). Where any provision of this Code covers the same subject matter as other regulations, the more restrictive regulation shall apply, unless the City's authority is preempted by a higher order of government.
  • Signs Declared Illegal. Any sign owned, kept, displayed, or maintained by any person, firm, or corporation which is not in conformance with the provisions of this Code or Subsection 25.06.120.5, Nonconforming Signs, is declared to be illegal. The Administrator, or a designee, shall declare such sign to be illegal and such declaration shall state the reason or reasons why such sign and the keeping, owning, maintenance, and display or operation of such sign is illegal under the terms of this Code.
    1. Abatement.
      1. The Administrator shall serve notice of such declaration upon the owner of the premises upon which the illegal sign is located, together with a notice requiring that within five working days the parties shall:
        1. Obtain the required permit; or
        2. Contract either for the repair or improvement of the illegal sign; or
        3. Contract for the demolition or removal of the illegal sign, whichever is required by the notice.
      2. Such action shall be completed within 30 days from the date of notice, unless otherwise stipulated by the Administrator. Service of such notice and declaration shall be by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the address shown by the records of the County Auditor. The designated period for compliance with the order of the Administrator shall commence within five working days following the receipt of said notice.
      3. When it is determined by the Administrator that any sign could cause imminent danger to the public and contact cannot be made with the sign owner or owner of the premises, no written notice may be served. In this situation, the Administrator may correct the danger, all costs being assessed as prescribed in this Item.
      4. The notice given by the Administrator shall state the remedial action required and shall also state that if such action is not taken within the time limit set forth in this Code, the cost of abatement shall be assessed against the property on which the sign is located, together with an additional five percent for the inspection and incidental costs and collected in the same manner as real estate taxes against the property.
      5. In the event that the owner of the premises, or person entitled to possession, or the owner of the sign, shall fail, neglect, or refuse to comply with the notice to repair, improve, demolish, or remove the sign declared to be illegal, or obtain any required permits within the required time, said parties may be prosecuted for violation of this Code and the Administrator may demolish and remove the sign declared illegal and the Administrator may be aided by injunction to abate the illegal sign and to ensure his peaceful entry on the premises.
      6. Bids shall be taken by the Administrator to establish the cost of demolition. When the work is completed, the Administrator shall certify to the City Clerk the legal description of the property upon which the work was done, together with the name of the owner thereof, as shown by the records of the County Auditor or together with a statement of work performed, the date of performance and the cost thereof.
      7. Upon receipt of such a statement, the City Clerk shall mail a notice to the owner of said premises as shown by the records of the County Auditor by certified mail, postage prepaid, notifying such owner that work has been performed pursuant to this Code, stating the date of performance of the work, the nature of the work, and demanding payment of the cost thereof (as certified by the Administrator), together with the five percent for the inspection and other incidental costs in connection the work. Such notice shall state that if said amount is not paid to the City Treasurer within 30 days of mailing of the notice, it shall become an assessment upon and a lien against the property of said owner, describing the same, and will be certified as an assessment against such property.
      8. If payment is not received within the period of 30 days following the mailing of such notice, the City Clerk shall inform the City Council of the fact and the City Council may enact a resolution assessing the whole cost of such work, including five percent for inspection and other incidental costs in connection the work upon the lots or tracts of land from which the sign has been removed.
      9. Following passage of such a resolution, the City Clerk shall certify the same to the County Treasurer and County Auditor, who shall collect the assessment in the same manner as other taxes are collected.
      10. Each such assessment shall be a lien against each lot or tract of land assessed, until paid and shall have a priority over all other liens except general taxes and prior special assessments. For all purposes of this Code, the owner of the premises shall be presumed to be the owner of all signs thereon, unless the contrary shall appear from facts brought to the attention of the Administrator. The terms and provisions of this Division shall
  • Sign Code Governs in Event of Conflict. The terms and provisions of this Subchapter 25.05-C, Signs, shall prevail in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Division and any other ordinance of the City.
  • (Ord. 2017-1065; 2015-0215; 2021-0460)

    Effective on: 5/22/2021

    Sec. 25.05.150 Sign Administration

  • Licensing.
    1. Sign Contractors.
      1. No person, firm, or corporation shall perform any work or services for compensation in connection with the erection, construction, enlargement, alteration, repair, moving, improvements, demolition, maintenance, or conversion of any sign, unless such person, firm, or corporation shall have first obtained a sign contractor's license from the Inspection Services Division and paying the license fees provided for herein.
      2. A sign contractor's license shall not be required for the demolition of a sign when such demolition is carried out in conjunction with a demolition of a principal building or accessory building or structure on the premises and a demolition permit has been obtained pursuant to the provisions of the Municipal Code.
      3. A sign contractor license is not transferable.
      4. The initial license fee for sign contractors shall be two hundred and twenty-five dollars payable and shall be paid in advance for the first year, or fraction thereof, with an annual renewal fee of one hundred and fifty dollars thereafter.
      5. Every applicant for a sign contractor's license shall file with the City a bond in an amount of ten thousand dollars with a surety to be approved by the City Attorney, the conditions of such bond to be faithfully in compliance with all provisions of this Code. Applicants shall file with the City an executed agreement whereby the applicant agrees to defend, at is own expense, indemnify, and hold harmless the City, its employees and officers from any and all claims, suits, losses, damages, costs, or expenses, including attorney fees and court costs, by reason of liability imposed upon the City, its employees and officers, for damages because of bodily injury, including death, at any time resulting therefrom, sustained by any person or persons, or on account of damage to property, both real and chattel, including the loss of use thereof, arising out of or the consequence of the applicant's performance as a sign contractor, except only such injury or damages as shall be occasioned by the sole negligence of the City, its employees and officers.
      6. The bond shall be kept in force and effect for a period of one year after cancelation or termination of a license. The bond shall run concurrent with the sign contractor's license and shall expire on the first day of January of each year.
      7. It shall be illegal for any person, firm, or corporation to violate any of the terms and provisions of this Division. Any person, firm, or corporation found guilty of violating the terms of this Code shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and punished pursuant to Section 1.04.100 of the Municipal Code.
    2. Sign Painters.
      1. No person, firm, or contractor other than a licensed sign contractor, as set out in Item 1.a above, shall perform any work or services for compensation as a sign painter without having first obtained a sign painters license from the Inspection Services Division and having paid the license fee provided herein.
      2. The initial license fee for a sign painter shall be forty-five dollars paid in advance for the first year, or fraction thereof, with an annual renewal fee of thirty dollars thereafter.
      3. A sign painter license is not transferable.
      4. Every applicant for a sign painter's license shall file with the City a bond in an amount of ten thousand dollars. The bond shall be kept in force and effect for a period of one year after cancelation or termination of a license. The bond shall run concurrent with the sign painter's license and shall expire on the first day of January of each year.
      5. It shall be illegal for any person, firm, or corporation to violate any of the terms and provisions of this Division. Any person, firm, or corporation found guilty of violating the terms of this Code shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and punished pursuant to Section 1.04.100 of the Municipal Code.
  • Sign Permits and Fees.
    1. Permits.
      1. Sign permits are required as follows:
        1. All operations of erecting, constructing, enlarging, altering, repairing, moving, improving, demolishing, maintaining, or converting any permanent on-premise or off-premise sign, except:
          1. Painting, repainting, or cleaning when performed in conjunction with normal maintenance and repair of a sign not involving structural changes.
          2. The changing of advertising copy or a message on an approved painted and/or printed sign or on a marquee or similar approved sign that are specifically designed for the use of replaceable copy; or
          3. Removal of a sign shall not require the issuance of a sign permit if a demolition permit has been obtained for the building or structure on which the sign is mounted; or
          4. All on-premise and off-premise signs, except those listed in Item 3., of Section 25.05.140, Application.
        2. Permit Fees.
          1. Applications for permits shall be filed with the Administrator before any work or placement is initiated, along with a fee of:
            1. Effective July 1, 2015 to June 30, 2016, a fee of thirty cents per square foot of cumulative sign area. In no event shall the permit fee be less than forty dollars.
            2. Effective July 1, 2016 and thereafter, a fee of forty cents per square foot of cumulative sign area. In no event shall the permit fee be less than fifty dollars.
          2. In an emergency situation, work may be initiated and completed without first applying for a permit; provided, however, that a permit shall be applied for within 24 hours of the first working day after completion of the work.
  • (Ord. 2015-0915; 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    25.05.210 Interim Sign Ordinance

     

    1. 1.
      Authority. Pursuant to the authority vested in the City of Sioux City, Iowa, under the provisions of Article 111, Section 38A of the Iowa Constitution (Municipal Home Rule) and Section 364.1, Code of Iowa, the City Council of the City of Sioux City, Iowa, enacts this Ordinance which shall be known as and may be cited as the "Interim Sign Control Ordinance of the City of Sioux City, Iowa."
    2. 2.
      Findings of fact and legislative Intent.
      1. a.
        The City Council makes the following findings of fact:
        1. 1.
          The last review of the City's Sign Ordinance occurred in 2024.
        2. 2.
          The City is in the process of reviewing for the purpose of amending and revising the City's Sign Ordinance as same pertains to off-premises advertising signs throughout the City.
        3. 3.
          The present Sign Ordinance of the City may permit construction and development of off-premises advertising signs inconsistent with such proposed amendments and revisions to the City's Sign Ordinance.
        4. 4.
          New signs constructed under the present Sign Ordinance would require extensive and lengthy amortization before being required to come into compliance under the proposed amendments and revisions to the City's Sign Ordinance.
        5. 5.
          The comprehensive review of the Sign Ordinance as same pertains to off­ premises advertising signs throughout the City should be completed and allowed to take effect without the proliferation of potentially non-conforming signs.
        6. 6.
          Development of off-premises advertising signs throughout the City creates confusion to the driving public causing traffic hazards and accidents; may cause undue burdens and hardships upon the financial capacity of the City and various other local, state and federal agencies; may include uses incompatible with proper comprehensive planning of the City and may damage the environment of the City and its environs.
        7. 7.
          It is in the best interest of the public to prevent further blight pending the review and amendment of the Sign Ordinance to limit the number of off-premises advertising signs allowed.
        8. 8.
          Pending necessary studies, hearings and other preliminaries incident to proper consideration and decisions upon any revision and amendments to the Sign Ordinance that may be necessary as shown by such comprehensive review, appropriate and salutary measures should be taken for a reasonable interim period to protect the public interest by preserving the integrity of the review and potential revisions to the Sign Ordinance.
      2. b.
        It is hereby declared to be the intent of the City Council of the City of Sioux City, Iowa, to protect the review and revision of the Sign Ordinance and to preserve the objectives and ensure the proper implementation of the review and revision of the Sign Ordinance by hereby adopting reasonable protective interim legislation during the review and revision process and proceedings and thereby protect the public interest and welfare and prevent premature actions which should prejudice the integrity and objectives of the review and result in the establishment of sign use patterns and development inconsistent with and violative of the intent of the proposed review and revision of the Sign Ordinance.

    It is the intent of the City Council that these controls shall terminate on March 16, 2026, if not sooner terminated by appropriate City Council action.

    1. 3
      Affected area. The areas affected by this Interim Sign Ordinance shall be all that area contained within the corporate limits of the City of Sioux City, Iowa.
    2. 4
      Scope of controls. The controls herein shall be effective commencing upon the passage and publication of this Ordinance and shall continue to be in effect until March 16, 2026, if not sooner terminated by appropriate City Council action. Such controls shall be:
      1. a.
        No building permit or sign permit shall be issued for the construction or erection or major rehabilitation (major rehabilitation shall be defined as occurring when the value of construction (including labor costs) and/or materials used to rehabilitate the sign during the term of this interim regulation exceeds 25% of the original value of construction and/or materials of the sign to be rehabilitated) of any off-premises advertising sign on any lot, lots or property lying wholly or partially within the area designated in Section 25.05.210(3) hereof, regardless of the fact that preliminary or final approval has been given to a site plan or plot, nor shall any off-premises advertising sign be constructed or erected on any lot or lots or property lying wholly or partially in said designated area.
      2. b.
        The Board of Adjustment of Sioux City, Iowa shall not approve any application, appeal or variance providing for the construction of any off-premise advertising sign regardless of the fact that application for such permit, appeal or variance has been submitted to the board prior to the effective date of this Ordinance, for any lot, lots or property which lie wholly or partially within the area designated in Section 25.05.210(3).
      3. c.
        Nothing contained in this Ordinance shall be deemed to affect in any way the validity of any permit issued prior to the effective date of this Ordinance.
    3. 5
      Penalties for offenses and civil relief.
      1. a.
        Any person, firm, entity or corporation who shall construct, reconstruct, enlarge, or alter structurally any off-premises advertising sign in violation of the provisions of this Ordinance shall be guilty of a municipal infraction and shall be fined in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.04.100 of the Sioux City Municipal Code.
      2. b.
        The aforementioned penalties are not exclusive and not restrictive and the City of Sioux City, Iowa, shall have and reserve the authority to seek and obtain civil relief through the judicial system, including but not limited to injunctive relief, to enforce and facilitate the provisions of this Ordinance, to enforce the prohibition on the issuance of sign and building permits, to prohibit and terminate any construction commenced under any sign or building permit which has been approved or issued in violation of the provisions of this Ordinance.

     

     

    (Ord. 2025-0855; 2023-0561; 2023-1175; 2024-0129)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.030.1 Calculation of Required Parking Spaces
  • Generally. The standards of this Item set out the means for calculating the number of parking spaces that are required for each land use that is listed in Subchapter 25.02-C, Land Uses. The number of parking spaces is based on one or more variables, which are measured as provided in this Item.
  • Calculations. The number of required parking spaces is calculated according to the formulas set out in Subsection 25.05.030.2, Required Parking and Loading, and then adjusted according to the standards set out in:
    1. Subsection 25.05.030.5, Parking Credits and Reductions, as applicable;
    2. Subsection 25.05.030.6, Shared Parking, as applicable; and/or
    3. Subsection 25.05.030.5, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions.
  • Rounding. If the final calculated number of required parking spaces includes a fractional space, then the number of required parking spaces is rounded up to the nearest whole number, regardless of the fraction (e.g. a calculated fractional space of 9.1 is rounded up to 10 spaces).
  • Variables for Calculating the Required Parking. The variables used for parking calculations are measured as follows:
    1. Per Square Foot (sf.) of Gross Floor Area (GFA). The phrase "per sf. of GFA" means that the number of parking spaces is calculated based on the number of square feet of gross floor area put to the use.
    2. Per Dwelling Unit of Per Bedroom ("BR"). The phrase "per dwelling unit" means that the number of parking spaces is calculated based on the number of dwelling units. In some cases, the parking requirements are based on the number of bedrooms (per "#" BR unit) in the dwelling units.
    3. Per Bed. The phrase "per bed" means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of beds in the facility instead of the number of sleeping rooms or some other measure. Per bed calculations are normally applied to uses that offer residential care or overnight accommodations with shared rooms.
    4. Per Employee. The phrase "per employee" means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of employees during the shift with the maximum number of employees is present.
    5. Per Seat/Per Seat Design Capacity.
      1. The phrase "per seat" means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of seats that are provided to guests (e.g., patrons, members), with benches or pews measured as one seat per two feet of width; and
      2. The phrase "per seat design capacity" means that the number of parking spaces is based on the maximum seating capacity of the use as determined by applicable fire codes.
    6. Per Person Design Capacity. The phrase "per person design capacity" means that the number of parking spaces is based on the maximum number of people who may occupy the use pursuant to applicable fire codes.
    7. Per Square Feet (sf.) of Assembly Area. The phrase "per sf. of assembly area" means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of square feet in the largest room used for assembly (e.g., at a school, this is often a gymnasium, but it could also be a theater or a lunch room).
  • Uses that Involve Fleets or Vehicle Inventory. Uses that involve fleets of vehicles (e.g., post offices, police stations, fire stations, etc.) and uses that involve vehicle inventories (e.g., passenger vehicle sales or rental) shall provide parking for the fleet or inventory. Such parking shall not count toward the requirements of Subsection 25.05.030.2, Required Parking and Loading.
  • Multiple Nonresidential Uses. If several nonresidential uses occupy a single parcel of land or building, then off-street parking and loading requirements shall be the cumulative total for all uses, unless:
    1. The uses are of different categories, such that the standards of Subsection 25.05.030.6, Shared Parking, apply; or
    2. The uses are in a center with multiple retail, service, or restaurant tenants, which shall be classified cumulatively as "mixed use" for the purposes of the parking requirements.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.030.2 Required Off-Street Parking
  • Generally. The minimum off-street parking requirements for the uses set out in this Code, as provided in Subchapter 25.02-C, Land Uses, are set out in the following tables:
    1. Table 25.05.030.2.1, Parking and Loading for Residential and Commercial Uses of the Home;
    2. Table 25.05.030.2.2, Parking and Loading for Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses;
    3. Table 25.05.030.2.3, Parking and Loading for Commercial Uses; and
    4. Table 25.05.030.2.4, Parking and Loading for Agricultural, Industrial, Utility, and Communication Uses.
  • Residential and Commercial Uses of the Home. Set out in Table 25.05.030.2.1, Parking and Loading for Residential and Commercial Uses of the Home, is the parking requirements for residential uses and commercial uses of the home.
  • Table 25.05.030.2.1
    Off-Street Parking for Residential and Commercial Uses of the Home
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Single-Family Detached

    Conventional Home (including modular homes)

    2 spaces per du.
    Lot Line Home2 spaces per du.
    Mobile HomeNA
    Manufactured Home

    2 spaces per du.; plus two additional spaces in one or more visitor parking areas for each three lots in a manufactured home park

    Single-Family Attached
    Duplex2 spaces per du.
    Twin Home2 spaces per du
    Townhome

    1.7 spaces per studio unit

    2.0 spaces per 1 BR unit

    2.3 spaces per 2 BR unit

    2.5 spaces per 3 BR unit

    Multiple-Family
    Apartment

    1.5 spaces per studio or 1 BR unit

    2.5 spaces per 2+ BR units

    Boarding HomeNA
    Multiplex

    1.5 spaces per studio or 1 BR unit

    2.5 spaces per 2+ BR units

    Dormitory/Fraternity/Sorority1 space per two beds2
    Mixed Use
    Live-Work3 spaces; plus one space per employee who does not live in the live-work unit
    Work-Live1 space for the dwelling unit; plus spaces as required by this Section for the applicable nonresidential use
    Commercial Use of the Home
    Bed and Breakfast Home1 space; plus one space per guest room and one space per each 100 sf. of private event area3
    Bed and Breakfast Inn1 space; plus 0.75 space per guest room and one space per each 100 sf. of private event area3
    Elder Group Home2 spaces per du.; plus two additional spaces
    Child Care Home2 spaces per du.; plus one additional space for drop-off / pick-up
    Child Development Home and Child Care Center2 spaces per du.; plus 1 space per employee and one drop-off / pick-up space per each six children
    Home Business2 spaces per du.; plus one space per each 200 sf. of space dedicated to the business
    Home Occupation2 spaces per du.

    Table Notes:

    NA - Not Applicable - Use is prohibited

    1. Additional parking is required if the lot includes an accessory dwelling unit. See Section 25.02.260, Accessory Dwelling Units.
    2. On-site parking is required for no less than 50 percent of the required parking.
    3. Private events are allowed only by the issuance of a conditional use permit (see Section 25.02.160, Residential and Commercial Uses of the Home Standards).
    Table 25.05.030.2.1
    Off-Street Parking for Residential and Commercial Uses of the Home
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Single-Family Detached

    Conventional Home (including modular homes)

    2 spaces per du.
    Lot Line Home2 spaces per du.
    Mobile HomeNA
    Manufactured Home

    2 spaces per du.; plus two additional spaces in one or more visitor parking areas for each three lots in a manufactured home park

    Single-Family Attached
    Duplex2 spaces per du.
    Twin Home2 spaces per du
    Townhome

    1.7 spaces per studio unit

    2.0 spaces per 1 BR unit

    2.3 spaces per 2 BR unit

    2.5 spaces per 3 BR unit

    Multiple-Family
    Apartment

    1.5 spaces per studio or 1 BR unit

    2.5 spaces per 2+ BR units

    Boarding HomeNA
    Multiplex

    1.5 spaces per studio or 1 BR unit

    2.5 spaces per 2+ BR units

    Dormitory/Fraternity/Sorority1 space per two beds2
    Mixed Use
    Live-Work3 spaces; plus one space per employee who does not live in the live-work unit
    Work-Live1 space for the dwelling unit; plus spaces as required by this Section for the applicable nonresidential use
    Commercial Use of the Home
    Bed and Breakfast Home1 space; plus one space per guest room and one space per each 100 sf. of private event area3
    Bed and Breakfast Inn1 space; plus 0.75 space per guest room and one space per each 100 sf. of private event area3
    Elder Group Home2 spaces per du.; plus two additional spaces
    Child Care Home2 spaces per du.; plus one additional space for drop-off / pick-up
    Child Development Home and Child Care Center2 spaces per du.; plus 1 space per employee and one drop-off / pick-up space per each six children
    Home Business2 spaces per du.; plus one space per each 200 sf. of space dedicated to the business
    Home Occupation2 spaces per du.

    Table Notes:

    NA - Not Applicable - Use is prohibited

    1. Additional parking is required if the lot includes an accessory dwelling unit. See Section 25.02.260, Accessory Dwelling Units.
    2. On-site parking is required for no less than 50 percent of the required parking.
    3. Private events are allowed only by the issuance of a conditional use permit (see Section 25.02.160, Residential and Commercial Uses of the Home Standards).
    Table 25.05.030.2.1
    Off-Street Parking for Residential and Commercial Uses of the Home
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Single-Family Detached

    Conventional Home (including modular homes)

    2 spaces per du.
    Lot Line Home2 spaces per du.
    Mobile HomeNA
    Manufactured Home

    2 spaces per du.; plus two additional spaces in one or more visitor parking areas for each three lots in a manufactured home park

    Single-Family Attached
    Duplex2 spaces per du.
    Twin Home2 spaces per du
    Townhome

    1.7 spaces per studio unit

    2.0 spaces per 1 BR unit

    2.3 spaces per 2 BR unit

    2.5 spaces per 3 BR unit

    Multiple-Family
    Apartment

    1.5 spaces per studio or 1 BR unit

    2.5 spaces per 2+ BR units

    Boarding HomeNA
    Multiplex

    1.5 spaces per studio or 1 BR unit

    2.5 spaces per 2+ BR units

    Dormitory/Fraternity/Sorority1 space per two beds2
    Mixed Use
    Live-Work3 spaces; plus one space per employee who does not live in the live-work unit
    Work-Live1 space for the dwelling unit; plus spaces as required by this Section for the applicable nonresidential use
    Commercial Use of the Home
    Bed and Breakfast Home1 space; plus one space per guest room and one space per each 100 sf. of private event area3
    Bed and Breakfast Inn1 space; plus 0.75 space per guest room and one space per each 100 sf. of private event area3
    Elder Group Home2 spaces per du.; plus two additional spaces
    Child Care Home2 spaces per du.; plus one additional space for drop-off / pick-up
    Child Development Home and Child Care Center2 spaces per du.; plus 1 space per employee and one drop-off / pick-up space per each six children
    Home Business2 spaces per du.; plus one space per each 200 sf. of space dedicated to the business
    Home Occupation2 spaces per du.

    Table Notes:

    NA - Not Applicable - Use is prohibited

    1. Additional parking is required if the lot includes an accessory dwelling unit. See Section 25.02.260, Accessory Dwelling Units.
    2. On-site parking is required for no less than 50 percent of the required parking.
    3. Private events are allowed only by the issuance of a conditional use permit (see Section 25.02.160, Residential and Commercial Uses of the Home Standards).
    Table 25.05.030.2.1
    Off-Street Parking for Residential and Commercial Uses of the Home
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Single-Family Detached

    Conventional Home (including modular homes)

    2 spaces per du.
    Lot Line Home2 spaces per du.
    Mobile HomeNA
    Manufactured Home

    2 spaces per du.; plus two additional spaces in one or more visitor parking areas for each three lots in a manufactured home park

    Single-Family Attached
    Duplex2 spaces per du.
    Twin Home2 spaces per du
    Townhome

    1.7 spaces per studio unit

    2.0 spaces per 1 BR unit

    2.3 spaces per 2 BR unit

    2.5 spaces per 3 BR unit

    Multiple-Family
    Apartment

    1.5 spaces per studio or 1 BR unit

    2.5 spaces per 2+ BR units

    Boarding HomeNA
    Multiplex

    1.5 spaces per studio or 1 BR unit

    2.5 spaces per 2+ BR units

    Dormitory/Fraternity/Sorority1 space per two beds2
    Mixed Use
    Live-Work3 spaces; plus one space per employee who does not live in the live-work unit
    Work-Live1 space for the dwelling unit; plus spaces as required by this Section for the applicable nonresidential use
    Commercial Use of the Home
    Bed and Breakfast Home1 space; plus one space per guest room and one space per each 100 sf. of private event area3
    Bed and Breakfast Inn1 space; plus 0.75 space per guest room and one space per each 100 sf. of private event area3
    Elder Group Home2 spaces per du.; plus two additional spaces
    Child Care Home2 spaces per du.; plus one additional space for drop-off / pick-up
    Child Development Home and Child Care Center2 spaces per du.; plus 1 space per employee and one drop-off / pick-up space per each six children
    Home Business2 spaces per du.; plus one space per each 200 sf. of space dedicated to the business
    Home Occupation2 spaces per du.

    Table Notes:

    NA - Not Applicable - Use is prohibited

    1. Additional parking is required if the lot includes an accessory dwelling unit. See Section 25.02.260, Accessory Dwelling Units.
    2. On-site parking is required for no less than 50 percent of the required parking.
    3. Private events are allowed only by the issuance of a conditional use permit (see Section 25.02.160, Residential and Commercial Uses of the Home Standards).
    1. Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses. Set out in Table 25.05.030.2.2, Parking and Loading for Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses, is the parking requirements for institutional, recreation, and amusement uses.
    Table 25.05.030.2.2
    Off-Street Parking for Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking
    Institutional Uses
    Adult Day Care1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Child Care Center1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Crematory1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Funeral Home, Chapel, or Mortuary1 space per three chapel seats or one space for each 50 sf. of public area, whichever is greater
    Government Office1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Institutional Residential1 space per BR
    Library1 per 400 sf. GFA
    Place of Assembly

    1 space per each four fixed seats or one space per each 50 sf. in the largest assembly area, whichever is greater.3 (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Post Office1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Private Club1 space per 100 sf. of assembly area; plus one space per each two employees

    Public Safety Facility
    1. Police Station

    2. Fire Station

     

    1 space per 250 sf. GFA

    4 spaces per emergency vehicle bay; plus one space per each 100 sf. PFA of public meeting area

    Education Uses, Public or Private
    College, University, or Vocational SchoolSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Pre-School1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Health Care Uses
    Assisted Living or Congregate Care1 space per each four beds; plus one space per each two residential staff physicians and one space for each three employees on the largest shift
    Hospital, Clinic, Medical Lab or Urgent Care

    Hospital: 1 space per each four beds; plus one space per each two residential staff physicians and one space for each three employees on the largest shift

    Clinic, Medical Lab, or Urgent Care: 5 spaces per each practitioner; plus one space per each two employees

    Medical or Dental Office1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Nursing Home1 space per each four beds; plus one space per each two residential staff physicians and one space for each three employees on the largest shift
    Protective Care
    Protective Care
    (detention, halfway house)
    3 spaces per 1,000 sf. GFA
    Transitional Service Facility (shelter)1 space per 500 sf. GFA
    Recreation and Amusement
    Campground1 space per campsite; plus one space per each two employees on the largest shift
    Casino

    1 space per 550 sf. of gaming and commercial area; plus one space per each employee on the largest shift

    (See 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Community Garden1 space per each six garden plots or three spaces, whichever is greater
    Driving Range2 spaces per tee box; plus one space per each 2 employees on the largest shift
    Indoor Arena, Stadium, or Theater

    1 space per each four fixed seats or one space per each 150 sf. of GFA, whichever is greater.1

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Indoor Commercial Amusement1 space per each three fixed seats or one space per each 100 sf. of assembly area
    Indoor Recreation or Personal Fitness1 space per 150 sf. GFA
    Outdoor Arena, Stadium, or Amphitheater

    1 space per each five fixed seats or one space per each 50 sf. in the assembly area, whichever is greater.1

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Outdoor Circus, Carnival, Exhibition, or ShowSee Subsection 25.05.030.5, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Outdoor Commercial Amusement

    1 space per each three fixed seats or one space per each 100 sf. of assembly area

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Outdoor Recreation (park, plaza, playground)4 spaces per acre
    Outdoor Recreation
    (athletic fields)

    1 space per each three fixed seats or one space per each 100 sf. of assembly area

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Outdoor Shooting or Archery Range1.5 spaces per target lane; plus one space per each two employees on the largest shift
    Recreational Vehicle Park2 spaces per RV pad

    Table Notes:

    1. On-site parking is required for no less than 75 percent of the required parking.
    Table 25.05.030.2.2
    Off-Street Parking for Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking
    Institutional Uses
    Adult Day Care1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Child Care Center1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Crematory1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Funeral Home, Chapel, or Mortuary1 space per three chapel seats or one space for each 50 sf. of public area, whichever is greater
    Government Office1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Institutional Residential1 space per BR
    Library1 per 400 sf. GFA
    Place of Assembly

    1 space per each four fixed seats or one space per each 50 sf. in the largest assembly area, whichever is greater.3 (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Post Office1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Private Club1 space per 100 sf. of assembly area; plus one space per each two employees

    Public Safety Facility
    1. Police Station

    2. Fire Station

     

    1 space per 250 sf. GFA

    4 spaces per emergency vehicle bay; plus one space per each 100 sf. PFA of public meeting area

    Education Uses, Public or Private
    College, University, or Vocational SchoolSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Pre-School1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Health Care Uses
    Assisted Living or Congregate Care1 space per each four beds; plus one space per each two residential staff physicians and one space for each three employees on the largest shift
    Hospital, Clinic, Medical Lab or Urgent Care

    Hospital: 1 space per each four beds; plus one space per each two residential staff physicians and one space for each three employees on the largest shift

    Clinic, Medical Lab, or Urgent Care: 5 spaces per each practitioner; plus one space per each two employees

    Medical or Dental Office1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Nursing Home1 space per each four beds; plus one space per each two residential staff physicians and one space for each three employees on the largest shift
    Protective Care
    Protective Care
    (detention, halfway house)
    3 spaces per 1,000 sf. GFA
    Transitional Service Facility (shelter)1 space per 500 sf. GFA
    Recreation and Amusement
    Campground1 space per campsite; plus one space per each two employees on the largest shift
    Casino

    1 space per 550 sf. of gaming and commercial area; plus one space per each employee on the largest shift

    (See 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Community Garden1 space per each six garden plots or three spaces, whichever is greater
    Driving Range2 spaces per tee box; plus one space per each 2 employees on the largest shift
    Indoor Arena, Stadium, or Theater

    1 space per each four fixed seats or one space per each 150 sf. of GFA, whichever is greater.1

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Indoor Commercial Amusement1 space per each three fixed seats or one space per each 100 sf. of assembly area
    Indoor Recreation or Personal Fitness1 space per 150 sf. GFA
    Outdoor Arena, Stadium, or Amphitheater

    1 space per each five fixed seats or one space per each 50 sf. in the assembly area, whichever is greater.1

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Outdoor Circus, Carnival, Exhibition, or ShowSee Subsection 25.05.030.5, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Outdoor Commercial Amusement

    1 space per each three fixed seats or one space per each 100 sf. of assembly area

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Outdoor Recreation (park, plaza, playground)4 spaces per acre
    Outdoor Recreation
    (athletic fields)

    1 space per each three fixed seats or one space per each 100 sf. of assembly area

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Outdoor Shooting or Archery Range1.5 spaces per target lane; plus one space per each two employees on the largest shift
    Recreational Vehicle Park2 spaces per RV pad

    Table Notes:

    1. On-site parking is required for no less than 75 percent of the required parking.
    Table 25.05.030.2.2
    Off-Street Parking for Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking
    Institutional Uses
    Adult Day Care1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Child Care Center1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Crematory1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Funeral Home, Chapel, or Mortuary1 space per three chapel seats or one space for each 50 sf. of public area, whichever is greater
    Government Office1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Institutional Residential1 space per BR
    Library1 per 400 sf. GFA
    Place of Assembly

    1 space per each four fixed seats or one space per each 50 sf. in the largest assembly area, whichever is greater.3 (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Post Office1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Private Club1 space per 100 sf. of assembly area; plus one space per each two employees

    Public Safety Facility
    1. Police Station

    2. Fire Station

     

    1 space per 250 sf. GFA

    4 spaces per emergency vehicle bay; plus one space per each 100 sf. PFA of public meeting area

    Education Uses, Public or Private
    College, University, or Vocational SchoolSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Pre-School1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Health Care Uses
    Assisted Living or Congregate Care1 space per each four beds; plus one space per each two residential staff physicians and one space for each three employees on the largest shift
    Hospital, Clinic, Medical Lab or Urgent Care

    Hospital: 1 space per each four beds; plus one space per each two residential staff physicians and one space for each three employees on the largest shift

    Clinic, Medical Lab, or Urgent Care: 5 spaces per each practitioner; plus one space per each two employees

    Medical or Dental Office1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Nursing Home1 space per each four beds; plus one space per each two residential staff physicians and one space for each three employees on the largest shift
    Protective Care
    Protective Care
    (detention, halfway house)
    3 spaces per 1,000 sf. GFA
    Transitional Service Facility (shelter)1 space per 500 sf. GFA
    Recreation and Amusement
    Campground1 space per campsite; plus one space per each two employees on the largest shift
    Casino

    1 space per 550 sf. of gaming and commercial area; plus one space per each employee on the largest shift

    (See 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Community Garden1 space per each six garden plots or three spaces, whichever is greater
    Driving Range2 spaces per tee box; plus one space per each 2 employees on the largest shift
    Indoor Arena, Stadium, or Theater

    1 space per each four fixed seats or one space per each 150 sf. of GFA, whichever is greater.1

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Indoor Commercial Amusement1 space per each three fixed seats or one space per each 100 sf. of assembly area
    Indoor Recreation or Personal Fitness1 space per 150 sf. GFA
    Outdoor Arena, Stadium, or Amphitheater

    1 space per each five fixed seats or one space per each 50 sf. in the assembly area, whichever is greater.1

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Outdoor Circus, Carnival, Exhibition, or ShowSee Subsection 25.05.030.5, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Outdoor Commercial Amusement

    1 space per each three fixed seats or one space per each 100 sf. of assembly area

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Outdoor Recreation (park, plaza, playground)4 spaces per acre
    Outdoor Recreation
    (athletic fields)

    1 space per each three fixed seats or one space per each 100 sf. of assembly area

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Outdoor Shooting or Archery Range1.5 spaces per target lane; plus one space per each two employees on the largest shift
    Recreational Vehicle Park2 spaces per RV pad

    Table Notes:

    1. On-site parking is required for no less than 75 percent of the required parking.
    Table 25.05.030.2.2
    Off-Street Parking for Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking
    Institutional Uses
    Adult Day Care1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Child Care Center1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Crematory1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Funeral Home, Chapel, or Mortuary1 space per three chapel seats or one space for each 50 sf. of public area, whichever is greater
    Government Office1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Institutional Residential1 space per BR
    Library1 per 400 sf. GFA
    Place of Assembly

    1 space per each four fixed seats or one space per each 50 sf. in the largest assembly area, whichever is greater.3 (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Post Office1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Private Club1 space per 100 sf. of assembly area; plus one space per each two employees

    Public Safety Facility
    1. Police Station

    2. Fire Station

     

    1 space per 250 sf. GFA

    4 spaces per emergency vehicle bay; plus one space per each 100 sf. PFA of public meeting area

    Education Uses, Public or Private
    College, University, or Vocational SchoolSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Pre-School1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Health Care Uses
    Assisted Living or Congregate Care1 space per each four beds; plus one space per each two residential staff physicians and one space for each three employees on the largest shift
    Hospital, Clinic, Medical Lab or Urgent Care

    Hospital: 1 space per each four beds; plus one space per each two residential staff physicians and one space for each three employees on the largest shift

    Clinic, Medical Lab, or Urgent Care: 5 spaces per each practitioner; plus one space per each two employees

    Medical or Dental Office1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Nursing Home1 space per each four beds; plus one space per each two residential staff physicians and one space for each three employees on the largest shift
    Protective Care
    Protective Care
    (detention, halfway house)
    3 spaces per 1,000 sf. GFA
    Transitional Service Facility (shelter)1 space per 500 sf. GFA
    Recreation and Amusement
    Campground1 space per campsite; plus one space per each two employees on the largest shift
    Casino

    1 space per 550 sf. of gaming and commercial area; plus one space per each employee on the largest shift

    (See 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Community Garden1 space per each six garden plots or three spaces, whichever is greater
    Driving Range2 spaces per tee box; plus one space per each 2 employees on the largest shift
    Indoor Arena, Stadium, or Theater

    1 space per each four fixed seats or one space per each 150 sf. of GFA, whichever is greater.1

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Indoor Commercial Amusement1 space per each three fixed seats or one space per each 100 sf. of assembly area
    Indoor Recreation or Personal Fitness1 space per 150 sf. GFA
    Outdoor Arena, Stadium, or Amphitheater

    1 space per each five fixed seats or one space per each 50 sf. in the assembly area, whichever is greater.1

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Outdoor Circus, Carnival, Exhibition, or ShowSee Subsection 25.05.030.5, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Outdoor Commercial Amusement

    1 space per each three fixed seats or one space per each 100 sf. of assembly area

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Outdoor Recreation (park, plaza, playground)4 spaces per acre
    Outdoor Recreation
    (athletic fields)

    1 space per each three fixed seats or one space per each 100 sf. of assembly area

    (See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions)

    Outdoor Shooting or Archery Range1.5 spaces per target lane; plus one space per each two employees on the largest shift
    Recreational Vehicle Park2 spaces per RV pad

    Table Notes:

    1. On-site parking is required for no less than 75 percent of the required parking.
    1. Commercial Uses. Set out in Table 25.05.030.2.3, Parking and Loading for Commercial Uses, is the parking requirements for commercial uses.
    Table 25.05.030.2.3
    Off-Street Parking for Commercial Uses
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Commercial Retail and Service Uses
    Adult Entertainment Business1 space per 150 sf. of GFA
    Alcoholic Beverage Sales, Offsite Consumption1 space per 300 sf. of GFA
    Alcoholic Beverage Sales, Onsite Consumption1 space per 75 sf. GFA
    Animal Boarding or Grooming Facilities1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Animal Veterinary Services, Small Animal1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Automobile Sales, Rental, and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office area; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per each 5,000 sf. outdoor vehicle display area
    Automobile Repairs and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Automobile Wash3 spaces per bay or stall; plus one space per each two stalls, if attended
    Bank or Credit Union1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Commercial Retail1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Commercial Retail, Drive-In or Drive-Through Facility1 space per 250 sf. GFA
    Convenience Store
    (without gasoline pumps)
    1 space per 250 sf. GFA
    Drycleaning and Laundry Establishments1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Gasoline Station1 space per four pump stations; plus three spaces per service bay, as applicable
    Grocery Store1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Heavy Retail1 space per 250 sf. GFA; plus one space per 1,000 sf. of outdoor sales or display area
    Home Furnishings and Appliances1 per 500 sf. of sales and repair area
    Hotel, Motel, or Inn1 space per guest room; plus one space per each two employees on the largest shift
    Manufactured Home Sales1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office area; plus one space per each 7,500 sf. outdoor display area
    Mixed UseSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Office, General1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Outdoor Retail1 space per 500 sf. of outdoor display area
    Pawnshop or Resale Shop1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Personal Service (spas, salons, etc.)1 space per 250 sf. GFA
    Recreational Vehicle Sales and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office area; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor vehicle display area
    Sexually Oriented Business1 space per 150 sf. of GFA
    Vending Kiosk or Drive-Through ATM2 spaces per kiosk
    Restaurant Uses
    Restaurant, Drive-In or Drive-Through1 space per each 2.5 seats or one space per 150 sf. GFA, whichever is greater
    Restaurant, No Drive-In or Drive-Through1 space per each 2.5 seats or one space per 75 sf. GFA, whichever is greater
    Table 25.05.030.2.3
    Off-Street Parking for Commercial Uses
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Commercial Retail and Service Uses
    Adult Entertainment Business1 space per 150 sf. of GFA
    Alcoholic Beverage Sales, Offsite Consumption1 space per 300 sf. of GFA
    Alcoholic Beverage Sales, Onsite Consumption1 space per 75 sf. GFA
    Animal Boarding or Grooming Facilities1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Animal Veterinary Services, Small Animal1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Automobile Sales, Rental, and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office area; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per each 5,000 sf. outdoor vehicle display area
    Automobile Repairs and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Automobile Wash3 spaces per bay or stall; plus one space per each two stalls, if attended
    Bank or Credit Union1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Commercial Retail1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Commercial Retail, Drive-In or Drive-Through Facility1 space per 250 sf. GFA
    Convenience Store
    (without gasoline pumps)
    1 space per 250 sf. GFA
    Drycleaning and Laundry Establishments1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Gasoline Station1 space per four pump stations; plus three spaces per service bay, as applicable
    Grocery Store1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Heavy Retail1 space per 250 sf. GFA; plus one space per 1,000 sf. of outdoor sales or display area
    Home Furnishings and Appliances1 per 500 sf. of sales and repair area
    Hotel, Motel, or Inn1 space per guest room; plus one space per each two employees on the largest shift
    Manufactured Home Sales1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office area; plus one space per each 7,500 sf. outdoor display area
    Mixed UseSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Office, General1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Outdoor Retail1 space per 500 sf. of outdoor display area
    Pawnshop or Resale Shop1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Personal Service (spas, salons, etc.)1 space per 250 sf. GFA
    Recreational Vehicle Sales and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office area; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor vehicle display area
    Sexually Oriented Business1 space per 150 sf. of GFA
    Vending Kiosk or Drive-Through ATM2 spaces per kiosk
    Restaurant Uses
    Restaurant, Drive-In or Drive-Through1 space per each 2.5 seats or one space per 150 sf. GFA, whichever is greater
    Restaurant, No Drive-In or Drive-Through1 space per each 2.5 seats or one space per 75 sf. GFA, whichever is greater
    Table 25.05.030.2.3
    Off-Street Parking for Commercial Uses
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Commercial Retail and Service Uses
    Adult Entertainment Business1 space per 150 sf. of GFA
    Alcoholic Beverage Sales, Offsite Consumption1 space per 300 sf. of GFA
    Alcoholic Beverage Sales, Onsite Consumption1 space per 75 sf. GFA
    Animal Boarding or Grooming Facilities1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Animal Veterinary Services, Small Animal1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Automobile Sales, Rental, and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office area; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per each 5,000 sf. outdoor vehicle display area
    Automobile Repairs and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Automobile Wash3 spaces per bay or stall; plus one space per each two stalls, if attended
    Bank or Credit Union1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Commercial Retail1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Commercial Retail, Drive-In or Drive-Through Facility1 space per 250 sf. GFA
    Convenience Store
    (without gasoline pumps)
    1 space per 250 sf. GFA
    Drycleaning and Laundry Establishments1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Gasoline Station1 space per four pump stations; plus three spaces per service bay, as applicable
    Grocery Store1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Heavy Retail1 space per 250 sf. GFA; plus one space per 1,000 sf. of outdoor sales or display area
    Home Furnishings and Appliances1 per 500 sf. of sales and repair area
    Hotel, Motel, or Inn1 space per guest room; plus one space per each two employees on the largest shift
    Manufactured Home Sales1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office area; plus one space per each 7,500 sf. outdoor display area
    Mixed UseSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Office, General1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Outdoor Retail1 space per 500 sf. of outdoor display area
    Pawnshop or Resale Shop1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Personal Service (spas, salons, etc.)1 space per 250 sf. GFA
    Recreational Vehicle Sales and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office area; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor vehicle display area
    Sexually Oriented Business1 space per 150 sf. of GFA
    Vending Kiosk or Drive-Through ATM2 spaces per kiosk
    Restaurant Uses
    Restaurant, Drive-In or Drive-Through1 space per each 2.5 seats or one space per 150 sf. GFA, whichever is greater
    Restaurant, No Drive-In or Drive-Through1 space per each 2.5 seats or one space per 75 sf. GFA, whichever is greater
    Table 25.05.030.2.3
    Off-Street Parking for Commercial Uses
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Commercial Retail and Service Uses
    Adult Entertainment Business1 space per 150 sf. of GFA
    Alcoholic Beverage Sales, Offsite Consumption1 space per 300 sf. of GFA
    Alcoholic Beverage Sales, Onsite Consumption1 space per 75 sf. GFA
    Animal Boarding or Grooming Facilities1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Animal Veterinary Services, Small Animal1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Automobile Sales, Rental, and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office area; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per each 5,000 sf. outdoor vehicle display area
    Automobile Repairs and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Automobile Wash3 spaces per bay or stall; plus one space per each two stalls, if attended
    Bank or Credit Union1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Commercial Retail1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Commercial Retail, Drive-In or Drive-Through Facility1 space per 250 sf. GFA
    Convenience Store
    (without gasoline pumps)
    1 space per 250 sf. GFA
    Drycleaning and Laundry Establishments1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Gasoline Station1 space per four pump stations; plus three spaces per service bay, as applicable
    Grocery Store1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Heavy Retail1 space per 250 sf. GFA; plus one space per 1,000 sf. of outdoor sales or display area
    Home Furnishings and Appliances1 per 500 sf. of sales and repair area
    Hotel, Motel, or Inn1 space per guest room; plus one space per each two employees on the largest shift
    Manufactured Home Sales1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office area; plus one space per each 7,500 sf. outdoor display area
    Mixed UseSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Office, General1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Outdoor Retail1 space per 500 sf. of outdoor display area
    Pawnshop or Resale Shop1 space per 200 sf. GFA
    Personal Service (spas, salons, etc.)1 space per 250 sf. GFA
    Recreational Vehicle Sales and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office area; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor vehicle display area
    Sexually Oriented Business1 space per 150 sf. of GFA
    Vending Kiosk or Drive-Through ATM2 spaces per kiosk
    Restaurant Uses
    Restaurant, Drive-In or Drive-Through1 space per each 2.5 seats or one space per 150 sf. GFA, whichever is greater
    Restaurant, No Drive-In or Drive-Through1 space per each 2.5 seats or one space per 75 sf. GFA, whichever is greater
    1. Agricultural, Industrial, Utility, and Communication Uses. Set out in Table 25.05.030.2.4, Parking and Loading for Agricultural, Industrial, Utility, and Communication Uses, is the parking requirements for agricultural, industrial, utility, and communication uses.
    Table 25.05.030.2.4
    Off-Street Parking for Agricultural, Industrial, Utility, and Communication Uses
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Agricultural Uses
    Agricultural Packing or Processing Facility1 space per 500 sf. GFA
    Agricultural ProductionNA
    Agricultural Sales1 space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor equipment display area
    Animal Feeding Operation (including open feedlots)1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Equipment Sales and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor equipment display area
    FarmNA
    Food Processing (grain, soybean, and animal feed)See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Veterinary Clinic, Large Animal1 space per 350 sf. GFA
    Wholesale Greenhouse or Nursery1 space per 300 sf. GFA of office or sale floor area; plus one space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor nursery area
    Industrial Uses
    AirportSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Automobile Repairs and Service, Heavy1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per each 5,000 sf. outdoor vehicle display area
    Bus or Taxi DepotSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Commercial Retail, Heavy (building supply, home center)1 space per 250 sf. GFA; plus one space per 1,000 sf. of outdoor sales or display area
    Composting Facility1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Construction Services and YardsSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Extraction (gas, gravel, minerals, oil or sand)1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Food Processing (except grain, soybean, and animal feeding)1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Heavy Industry1 space per 1,000 sf. GFA
    Heavy Equipment or Truck Sales or Leasing1 space per 500 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per 1,000 sf. of showroom and one space per 10,000 sf. of outdoor equipment or vehicle display area
    Heliport or HelistopSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Landfill1.25 spaces per disposal vehicle
    Light Industry1 space per 750 sf. GFA
    Manufacturing and Fabrication4 spaces per 10,000 sf. GFA; plus one space per two employees on largest shift
    Outdoor Storage Yard1 space per 10,000 sf. of storage yard
    Recycling/Collection/Processing Facility1 space per 1,000 sf. GFA
    Researching and Testing Laboratory1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Salvage Facility and Yard1 space per 10,000 sf. of salvage yard
    Self-Storage Facility1 space per 300 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per each 25 storage units
    Storage of Flammable or Noxious Materials or SubstancesSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Truck StopSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Warehousing or Distribution4 spaces per 5,000 sf. GFA; plus one space per each additional 5,000 sf. GFA
    Waste Transfer Station1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Wholesale1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Utility Uses
    Electrical Substation1 space
    Power or Solid Waste Energy Recovery Plant1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Small Wind Energy SystemsSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Water or Wastewater Treatment Plant1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Telecommunication Uses
    Broadcasting CenterSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Wireless Telecommunication Tower1 space per tower
    Table 25.05.030.2.4
    Off-Street Parking for Agricultural, Industrial, Utility, and Communication Uses
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Agricultural Uses
    Agricultural Packing or Processing Facility1 space per 500 sf. GFA
    Agricultural ProductionNA
    Agricultural Sales1 space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor equipment display area
    Animal Feeding Operation (including open feedlots)1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Equipment Sales and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor equipment display area
    FarmNA
    Food Processing (grain, soybean, and animal feed)See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Veterinary Clinic, Large Animal1 space per 350 sf. GFA
    Wholesale Greenhouse or Nursery1 space per 300 sf. GFA of office or sale floor area; plus one space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor nursery area
    Industrial Uses
    AirportSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Automobile Repairs and Service, Heavy1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per each 5,000 sf. outdoor vehicle display area
    Bus or Taxi DepotSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Commercial Retail, Heavy (building supply, home center)1 space per 250 sf. GFA; plus one space per 1,000 sf. of outdoor sales or display area
    Composting Facility1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Construction Services and YardsSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Extraction (gas, gravel, minerals, oil or sand)1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Food Processing (except grain, soybean, and animal feeding)1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Heavy Industry1 space per 1,000 sf. GFA
    Heavy Equipment or Truck Sales or Leasing1 space per 500 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per 1,000 sf. of showroom and one space per 10,000 sf. of outdoor equipment or vehicle display area
    Heliport or HelistopSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Landfill1.25 spaces per disposal vehicle
    Light Industry1 space per 750 sf. GFA
    Manufacturing and Fabrication4 spaces per 10,000 sf. GFA; plus one space per two employees on largest shift
    Outdoor Storage Yard1 space per 10,000 sf. of storage yard
    Recycling/Collection/Processing Facility1 space per 1,000 sf. GFA
    Researching and Testing Laboratory1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Salvage Facility and Yard1 space per 10,000 sf. of salvage yard
    Self-Storage Facility1 space per 300 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per each 25 storage units
    Storage of Flammable or Noxious Materials or SubstancesSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Truck StopSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Warehousing or Distribution4 spaces per 5,000 sf. GFA; plus one space per each additional 5,000 sf. GFA
    Waste Transfer Station1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Wholesale1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Utility Uses
    Electrical Substation1 space
    Power or Solid Waste Energy Recovery Plant1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Small Wind Energy SystemsSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Water or Wastewater Treatment Plant1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Telecommunication Uses
    Broadcasting CenterSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Wireless Telecommunication Tower1 space per tower
    Table 25.05.030.2.4
    Off-Street Parking for Agricultural, Industrial, Utility, and Communication Uses
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Agricultural Uses
    Agricultural Packing or Processing Facility1 space per 500 sf. GFA
    Agricultural ProductionNA
    Agricultural Sales1 space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor equipment display area
    Animal Feeding Operation (including open feedlots)1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Equipment Sales and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor equipment display area
    FarmNA
    Food Processing (grain, soybean, and animal feed)See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Veterinary Clinic, Large Animal1 space per 350 sf. GFA
    Wholesale Greenhouse or Nursery1 space per 300 sf. GFA of office or sale floor area; plus one space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor nursery area
    Industrial Uses
    AirportSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Automobile Repairs and Service, Heavy1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per each 5,000 sf. outdoor vehicle display area
    Bus or Taxi DepotSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Commercial Retail, Heavy (building supply, home center)1 space per 250 sf. GFA; plus one space per 1,000 sf. of outdoor sales or display area
    Composting Facility1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Construction Services and YardsSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Extraction (gas, gravel, minerals, oil or sand)1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Food Processing (except grain, soybean, and animal feeding)1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Heavy Industry1 space per 1,000 sf. GFA
    Heavy Equipment or Truck Sales or Leasing1 space per 500 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per 1,000 sf. of showroom and one space per 10,000 sf. of outdoor equipment or vehicle display area
    Heliport or HelistopSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Landfill1.25 spaces per disposal vehicle
    Light Industry1 space per 750 sf. GFA
    Manufacturing and Fabrication4 spaces per 10,000 sf. GFA; plus one space per two employees on largest shift
    Outdoor Storage Yard1 space per 10,000 sf. of storage yard
    Recycling/Collection/Processing Facility1 space per 1,000 sf. GFA
    Researching and Testing Laboratory1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Salvage Facility and Yard1 space per 10,000 sf. of salvage yard
    Self-Storage Facility1 space per 300 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per each 25 storage units
    Storage of Flammable or Noxious Materials or SubstancesSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Truck StopSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Warehousing or Distribution4 spaces per 5,000 sf. GFA; plus one space per each additional 5,000 sf. GFA
    Waste Transfer Station1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Wholesale1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Utility Uses
    Electrical Substation1 space
    Power or Solid Waste Energy Recovery Plant1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Small Wind Energy SystemsSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Water or Wastewater Treatment Plant1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Telecommunication Uses
    Broadcasting CenterSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Wireless Telecommunication Tower1 space per tower
    Table 25.05.030.2.4
    Off-Street Parking for Agricultural, Industrial, Utility, and Communication Uses
    Land UseRequired Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Agricultural Uses
    Agricultural Packing or Processing Facility1 space per 500 sf. GFA
    Agricultural ProductionNA
    Agricultural Sales1 space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor equipment display area
    Animal Feeding Operation (including open feedlots)1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Equipment Sales and Service1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor equipment display area
    FarmNA
    Food Processing (grain, soybean, and animal feed)See Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Veterinary Clinic, Large Animal1 space per 350 sf. GFA
    Wholesale Greenhouse or Nursery1 space per 300 sf. GFA of office or sale floor area; plus one space per 5,000 sf. of outdoor nursery area
    Industrial Uses
    AirportSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Automobile Repairs and Service, Heavy1 space per 400 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per 600 sf. of showroom and one space per each 5,000 sf. outdoor vehicle display area
    Bus or Taxi DepotSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Commercial Retail, Heavy (building supply, home center)1 space per 250 sf. GFA; plus one space per 1,000 sf. of outdoor sales or display area
    Composting Facility1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Construction Services and YardsSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Extraction (gas, gravel, minerals, oil or sand)1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Food Processing (except grain, soybean, and animal feeding)1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Heavy Industry1 space per 1,000 sf. GFA
    Heavy Equipment or Truck Sales or Leasing1 space per 500 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per 1,000 sf. of showroom and one space per 10,000 sf. of outdoor equipment or vehicle display area
    Heliport or HelistopSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Landfill1.25 spaces per disposal vehicle
    Light Industry1 space per 750 sf. GFA
    Manufacturing and Fabrication4 spaces per 10,000 sf. GFA; plus one space per two employees on largest shift
    Outdoor Storage Yard1 space per 10,000 sf. of storage yard
    Recycling/Collection/Processing Facility1 space per 1,000 sf. GFA
    Researching and Testing Laboratory1 space per 300 sf. GFA
    Salvage Facility and Yard1 space per 10,000 sf. of salvage yard
    Self-Storage Facility1 space per 300 sf. GFA of office space; plus one space per each 25 storage units
    Storage of Flammable or Noxious Materials or SubstancesSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Truck StopSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Warehousing or Distribution4 spaces per 5,000 sf. GFA; plus one space per each additional 5,000 sf. GFA
    Waste Transfer Station1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Wholesale1 space per 400 sf. GFA
    Utility Uses
    Electrical Substation1 space
    Power or Solid Waste Energy Recovery Plant1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Small Wind Energy SystemsSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Water or Wastewater Treatment Plant1 space per employee on the largest shift
    Telecommunication Uses
    Broadcasting CenterSee Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
    Wireless Telecommunication Tower1 space per tower

    (Ord. 2015-0215; 2021-0460)

    Effective on: 5/22/2021

    Subsection 25.05.030.3 Required Loading
  • Generally. Loading spaces shall be provided for multiple-family, dormitory/fraternity/sorority, nonresidential, and mixed-use development as set out in this Item.
  • Loading Required for Special Areas and Uses.
    1. Downtown Commercial (DC) District. Uses in the DC district are not required to provide loading spaces on-site. Loading is allowed from alleys or over-the-curb along street rights-of-way at times and locations approved by the Administrator.
    2. Dormitory/Fraternity/Sorority. Dormitories, fraternities, and sororities shall provide one loading space.
    3. Multiple-Family Development. Multiple-family development of more than 10 units shall include one loading space per each 20 units, or fraction thereof.
    4. Funeral Home, Chapel, or Mortuary. Funeral homes, chapels, or mortuaries shall include one loading space for each hearse, ambulance, or other non-passenger vehicle.
    5. Hotel, Motel, or Inn. Hotels, motels, or inns shall provide one loading space for the first 50 rooms, then one loading space per 100 rooms, or fraction thereof.
    6. Industrial Uses. Sufficient loading spaces shall be provided for all loading/unloading operations and in no case may there be fewer than that required for a warehouse or distribution facility.
    7. Mixed Use.
      1. Mixed use development shall provide loading spaces for each building according to the requirements of this Item.
      2. Vertically mixed use buildings shall provide loading spaces equal to the total number required for each individual use. However, if all uses have reasonable access to the loading spaces, then the total number of loading spaces required may be reduced by 25 percent, rounded up.
  • Exemptions. The loading requirements of this Item may be exempted for good cause shown upon demonstration by the applicant of a proposed use and the nature of its business and operations. However, as determined by the Administrator, or upon request of the Planning and Zoning Commission by the Administrator, it may be required of the applicant to reserve sufficient land for loading space if there is a reasonable likelihood that the use or the nature of the use could change in a manner warranting loading space.
  • Dimensions of Loading Spaces. All required loading spaces must be designated by signs as loading spaces. Larger loading spaces may be required by the Administrator where the size of the design vehicle exceeds the specifications.
    1. Industrial Uses. Each required loading space for an industrial use shall be a minimum of 12 feet in width and 60 feet in length.
    2. Nonresidential Uses. Each required loading space for a nonresidential use shall be a minimum of 12 feet in width and 30 feet in length.
  • Number of Loading Spaces. Every premises that regularly receives or distributes materials or merchandise by motor vehicle from the premises must provide and maintain loading spaces as set out in Table 25.05.030.3, Required Loading Spaces.
  • Table 25.05.030.3
    Required Loading Spaces
    Gross Floor Area (square feet) Minimum Number of Loading Spaces
    Less than 10,000 1 when required by the Administrator or Planning and Zoning Commission for uses that regularly receive or distribute materials or merchandise by motor vehicle
    10,000 to 40,000 1
    40,001 to 100,000 2
    100,001 to 160,000 3
    160,001 to 240,000 4
    240,001 to 320,000 5
    320,001 to 400,000 6
    400,001 to 490,000 7
    490,001 to 580,000 8
    580,001 to 670,000 9
    670,001 to 760,000 10
    760,001 to 950,000 11
    Over 950,001 Add one additional loading space for each additional building floor area of 90,000 sf. or fraction thereof.
    Table 25.05.030.3
    Required Loading Spaces
    Gross Floor Area (square feet) Minimum Number of Loading Spaces
    Less than 10,000 1 when required by the Administrator or Planning and Zoning Commission for uses that regularly receive or distribute materials or merchandise by motor vehicle
    10,000 to 40,000 1
    40,001 to 100,000 2
    100,001 to 160,000 3
    160,001 to 240,000 4
    240,001 to 320,000 5
    320,001 to 400,000 6
    400,001 to 490,000 7
    490,001 to 580,000 8
    580,001 to 670,000 9
    670,001 to 760,000 10
    760,001 to 950,000 11
    Over 950,001 Add one additional loading space for each additional building floor area of 90,000 sf. or fraction thereof.
    Table 25.05.030.3
    Required Loading Spaces
    Gross Floor Area (square feet) Minimum Number of Loading Spaces
    Less than 10,000 1 when required by the Administrator or Planning and Zoning Commission for uses that regularly receive or distribute materials or merchandise by motor vehicle
    10,000 to 40,000 1
    40,001 to 100,000 2
    100,001 to 160,000 3
    160,001 to 240,000 4
    240,001 to 320,000 5
    320,001 to 400,000 6
    400,001 to 490,000 7
    490,001 to 580,000 8
    580,001 to 670,000 9
    670,001 to 760,000 10
    760,001 to 950,000 11
    Over 950,001 Add one additional loading space for each additional building floor area of 90,000 sf. or fraction thereof.
    Table 25.05.030.3
    Required Loading Spaces
    Gross Floor Area (square feet) Minimum Number of Loading Spaces
    Less than 10,000 1 when required by the Administrator or Planning and Zoning Commission for uses that regularly receive or distribute materials or merchandise by motor vehicle
    10,000 to 40,000 1
    40,001 to 100,000 2
    100,001 to 160,000 3
    160,001 to 240,000 4
    240,001 to 320,000 5
    320,001 to 400,000 6
    400,001 to 490,000 7
    490,001 to 580,000 8
    580,001 to 670,000 9
    670,001 to 760,000 10
    760,001 to 950,000 11
    Over 950,001 Add one additional loading space for each additional building floor area of 90,000 sf. or fraction thereof.
    1. Use of Right-of-Way. At no time shall any part of a truck or van be allowed to extend into a public right-of-way while the truck or van is being loaded or unloaded.
    2. Maneuvering Space. Adequate off-street truck maneuvering space shall be provided on the lot (and not within any public street right-of-way or other public property), so that trucks can maneuver to the docking area.
    3. Location. All loading areas shall be located on the same lot as the building or lot served by the loading area. Furthermore, loading spaces shall be designed such that they do not face or are not in direct public view of residential uses or highways or arterial roadways.
    4. Buffering. Loading spaces and docks shall be located behind buildings and screened from view from adjacent properties and public street right-of-way. Truck access and loading areas that are located between a principal building and property that is used for or zoned for residential purposes shall comply with the following additional standards:
      1. The length of the loading area shall be screened by a bufferyard that has one level more opacity (e.g., from a "Type B" bufferyard to a "Type C" bufferyard) than required by the district boundary and contains an eight foot tall masonry wall; or
      2. The loading area is enclosed by a roof and a wall between the building and the district boundary line (a "loading shed"). The buffer between the loading shed and the district boundary line may be reduced by one level of opacity adjoining the loading shed, and may be the district standard elsewhere.
    5. Fire Exit or Emergency Access. Off-street loading facilities shall be designed so as not to interfere with any fire exits or emergency access facilities to either a building or site.

    (Ord. 2015-0915; 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.030.4 Parking for Persons with Disabilities
  • Generally. Parking spaces that are accessible to persons with disabilities (accessible parking space") shall be provided as set out in this Item. Such spaces shall be counted towards the total number of spaces that are provided for compliance with Subsection 25.05.030.2, Required Off-Street Parking, after applicable reductions pursuant to Subsection 25.05.030.5, Parking Credits and Reductions and Subsection 25.05.030.6, Shared Parking.
  • Number of Required Spaces. Accessible parking spaces shall be provided as set out in Table 25.05.030.4, Number of Accessible Parking Spaces, or as required by the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design, Section 208 (as may be amended or re-titled from time to time), whichever requires more parking spaces for persons with disabilities.
  • Table 25.05.030.4
    Number of Accessible Parking Spaces
    Number of Parking Spaces Required by this Division1Number of Accessible SpacesNumber of Spaces that
    Must be Van Accessible
    TABLE NOTE:
    1. This number includes all applicable reductions in the number of required off-street parking spaces. However, on-street parking spaces that are credited to a proposed use shall be included in this number.
    1 to 25 1 1
    26 to 50 2 1
    51 to 75 3 1
    76 to 100 4 1
    101 to 150 5 1
    151 to 200 6 1
    201 to 300 7 1
    301 to 400 8 1
    401 to 500 9 2
    501 to 1,000 2 percent of total number of parking spaces 1 out of 8 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
    1,001 and over 20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces in excess of 1,000 parking spaces 1 out of 8 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
    Table 25.05.030.4
    Number of Accessible Parking Spaces
    Number of Parking Spaces Required by this Division1Number of Accessible SpacesNumber of Spaces that
    Must be Van Accessible
    TABLE NOTE:
    1. This number includes all applicable reductions in the number of required off-street parking spaces. However, on-street parking spaces that are credited to a proposed use shall be included in this number.
    1 to 25 1 1
    26 to 50 2 1
    51 to 75 3 1
    76 to 100 4 1
    101 to 150 5 1
    151 to 200 6 1
    201 to 300 7 1
    301 to 400 8 1
    401 to 500 9 2
    501 to 1,000 2 percent of total number of parking spaces 1 out of 8 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
    1,001 and over 20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces in excess of 1,000 parking spaces 1 out of 8 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
    Table 25.05.030.4
    Number of Accessible Parking Spaces
    Number of Parking Spaces Required by this Division1Number of Accessible SpacesNumber of Spaces that
    Must be Van Accessible
    TABLE NOTE:
    1. This number includes all applicable reductions in the number of required off-street parking spaces. However, on-street parking spaces that are credited to a proposed use shall be included in this number.
    1 to 25 1 1
    26 to 50 2 1
    51 to 75 3 1
    76 to 100 4 1
    101 to 150 5 1
    151 to 200 6 1
    201 to 300 7 1
    301 to 400 8 1
    401 to 500 9 2
    501 to 1,000 2 percent of total number of parking spaces 1 out of 8 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
    1,001 and over 20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces in excess of 1,000 parking spaces 1 out of 8 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
    Table 25.05.030.4
    Number of Accessible Parking Spaces
    Number of Parking Spaces Required by this Division1Number of Accessible SpacesNumber of Spaces that
    Must be Van Accessible
    TABLE NOTE:
    1. This number includes all applicable reductions in the number of required off-street parking spaces. However, on-street parking spaces that are credited to a proposed use shall be included in this number.
    1 to 25 1 1
    26 to 50 2 1
    51 to 75 3 1
    76 to 100 4 1
    101 to 150 5 1
    151 to 200 6 1
    201 to 300 7 1
    301 to 400 8 1
    401 to 500 9 2
    501 to 1,000 2 percent of total number of parking spaces 1 out of 8 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
    1,001 and over 20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces in excess of 1,000 parking spaces 1 out of 8 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
    1. Dimensional Standards for ADA Spaces. The minimum slopes of accessible ramps and minimum dimensions of parking spaces and accessible aisles shall be as shown in Figure 25.05.030.4, ADA Parking Space Dimensions.
    Figure 25.05.030.4
    ADA Parking Space Dimensions

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.030.5 Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions
  • Generally. This Item sets out credits and permissible reductions in the number of off-street parking spaces that are required. These credits or reductions are based on a special study or the provision of alternative parking or transportation demand management programs that may reduce the demand for parking spaces. If used in conjunction with Subsection 25.05.030.6, Shared Parking, these reductions may be applied to one type of use (e.g. residential, office, retail, lodging, food/beverage, entertainment, and other) to reduce the parking requirement for the use prior to calculating the shared parking reduction.
  • Special Studies. Some of the uses that are listed in the tables set out in Subsection 25.05.030.2, Required Off-Street Parking, have nonlinear or widely varying parking demand characteristics. Accordingly, the parking requirements of these uses are listed in the tables as "see Subsection 25.05.030.6, Parking Studies, Credits, and Reductions". Required parking for these uses shall be established according to the standards of this Item. Special studies may be requested for other uses provided warrant is demonstrated to the City Engineer and approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission for review subject to the standards of this Item.
    1. Requirements.
      1. A special study shall be conducted by a qualified, certified traffic engineer at the applicant's and/or owner's expense.
      2. The special study shall provide:
        1. A peak parking analysis of at least five functionally comparable uses.
        2. Documentation regarding the comparability of the referenced uses, including: name, function, location, gross floor area, parking availability, access to transportation networks (including vehicular, bicycle, pedestrian, and transit, as applicable), use restrictions, and other factors that could affect the parking demand.
    2. Approval of Special Study.
      1. The City may rely upon the special study or may request additional information or analysis, including, but not limited to: alternative or new data points, or consideration of additional or alternative factors related to comparability or peak demand, as supported by sound engineering principles.
      2. As a condition of approval of a special study, the City may require that land be reserved or land-banked for additional parking if:
        1. There is a demonstrably high probability the land use could change, resulting in a higher demand for parking; or
        2. The variability in the special study justifies the reservation of additional land to mitigate a material risk that the land use may be insufficiently parked.
      3. Areas that are reserved or land-banked shall be of an appropriate location and dimension to provide for the additional parking by connection to existing parking lots.
  • Applicability of Special Studies. The credits and reductions set out in Item 4., below, are not available to uses that base their parking on a special study as set out in Item 2., above, unless the special study's methodology specifically addresses these credits and reductions and determines that they are appropriate and will not create a parking shortage.
  • Reduction of Parking or Loading Requirements by Demonstration of Lesser Demand Management.
    1. The City may approve a reduction in the number of required parking or loading spaces if the applicant demonstrates that such a reduction is appropriate and warranted based on specific parking demand forecasts for the proposed use, provided that:
      1. Such forecasts are made by a qualified, certified traffic engineer, and are based upon a peak parking analysis of at least five comparable uses; and
      2. The comparability of the uses shall be documented in detail, which includes their location, gross floor area, street access, use types and restrictions, hours of operation, peak parking demand periods, and all other factors that were considered by the traffic engineer that could affect parking demand.
    2. The City may retain a qualified, certified traffic engineer, at the applicant's and/or owner's expense, to review the parking demand forecast and provide recommendations to the City.
    3. The City may rely on the applicant's special study or the special study conducted by the City's consultant.
    4. The Planning and Zoning Commission may require that space be reserved or land-banked for additional parking upon a determination that there is a reasonable likelihood that the use itself or the nature of the use could change in a manner that increases its parking demand.
  • Deferred Parking.
    1. Generally. For many land uses, there are higher demands for parking only during certain events or at special times of the year (e.g., holiday season). Otherwise, during a typical weekday or on a typical weekend day, the amount of required parking is more than sufficient to meet demands. In these instances, and in order to minimize unnecessary expanses of impervious area, up to the following percentages of the required parking may be deferred for later improvement:
      1. 40 percent in the Business Park (BP) or General Industrial (GI) districts;
      2. 30 percent in the Suburban Commercial (SC) or General Commercial (GC) districts; and
      3. 20 percent in any other district.
    2. Warrant. The applicant proposing to defer parking shall demonstrate the following:
      1. The character of the use lowers the anticipated need for off-street parking, and data from similar uses establishes that there is not a present need for the parking;
      2. The deferred, unimproved area will not be needed for parking at any time and will be signed accordingly;
      3. The property for the use is within 600 feet of a route of the Sioux City Transit System that serves a significant proportion of residents, employees, or customers;
      4. There is an effective private or company car pool, van pool, bus, or similar group transportation program; or
      5. The deferred percentage of residents, employees, and customers regularly walk or use a bicycle or other non-motorized mode of transportation.
    3. Site Plan. Applicants shall submit a site plan demonstrating that the total required parking can be accommodated on-site and designating the land to be reserved for future parking.
    4. Notice of Change. No person having an interest in property subject to overflow parking and deferral shall fail to notify the Administrator of any change in the conditions set considered in granting the reduction, as set out in Item 4., above.
    5. Construction of Deferred Parking. The Administrator may require the construction of deferred parking at any time upon 30 days written notice by mail to commence construction of such parking. No person having an interest in the property shall fail to comply with such a notice within a period of 180 days from the date of notice.
    6. Site Circulation. The parking area shall be designed and constructed in a manner that provides good access and vehicular and pedestrian circulation upon both the initial and ultimate improvement of the parking area (see Figure 25.05.030.5.1, Illustration of Overflow Parking Design).
  • Figure 25.05.03.5.1
    Illustration of Overflow Parking Design
      1. Landscaping. The landscaping required in Section 25.05.090, Development Landscaping, shall meet the standards and requirements upon initial improvement of the parking area. Required landscaping may not be deferred to a later date.
      2. Maintenance and Reservation. The deferred parking areas may remain unpaved or may be improved with a pervious material for use as overflow parking provided compliance with the following:
        1. Overflow parking areas shall be reserved by a deed restriction running with the subject parcel, approved as to form by the City Attorney, which shall state that the areas set aside for future parking shall be landscaped and maintained as landscaped surface area in an amount that is equal to or exceeds the minimum required for the district and use until the area is required by the Administrator to be improved to meet parking demands.
        2. At no point shall any part of an overflow parking area be used for the construction of any permanent buildings, structures, or paved surfaces.
        3. The pervious material and the method and specifications of construction shall be reviewed and approved by the City Engineer.
    1. Uses with Nonconforming Parking. Subject to the limitations and allowances of Subchapter 25.06-C, Nonconformities, the Administrator is authorized to approve a parking reduction to allow an existing nonresidential use that does not meet the current off-street parking requirements of Subsection 25.05.030.2, Required Off-Street Parking, to be replaced or expanded subject to compliance with the following standards:
      1. An existing, permitted nonresidential use in an existing building may be replaced by another permitted nonresidential use if the new use has the same or lesser parking requirement as the use being replaced.
      2. A nonconforming nonresidential use in an existing building may be replaced by a conforming nonresidential use if the permitted replacement use has the same or lesser parking requirement as the use being replaced.
      3. An existing or replacement nonresidential use, whether conforming or nonconforming, that does not meet current parking requirements, shall not be expanded in gross floor area or seating or be replaced by a use that has an increased parking requirement unless a parking reduction is authorized in conformance with the provisions of Item 4., above.
      4. Before approving a parking reduction pursuant to Item 4., above, the Administrator shall evaluate the existing parking arrangement to determine whether it can accommodate additional parking or be rearranged to accommodate additional parking in compliance with the design requirements of Section 25.05.040, Design and Use. If the Administrator finds that additional parking can reasonably be provided, the provision of such parking shall be a condition of approval of the requested reduction.
      5. A nonconforming use shall not be replaced with a use, whether conforming or nonconforming, that generates a need for more parking.

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.030.6 Shared Parking
  • Generally. The City recognizes that uses may have different hours of operation and peak parking demand hours. The City desires to encourage the sharing of parking for its potential to reduce the amount of impervious area and to enhance the efficiency of site design. Where a mixture of land uses create synergy with respect to the use of parking spaces due to differences in when the spaces are most likely to be used, the City may reduce the required number of spaces according to the provisions of this Item.
  • Conditions of Approval. Nothing in this Division shall be construed to prevent the collective provision or shared use of off-street parking facilities for two or more land uses, subject to the following conditions:
    1. A legal instrument, approved as to form by the City Attorney, is executed by the parties requesting the collective use or shared use of off-street parking facilities and is filed with the application for a Certificate of Zoning Compliance;
    2. The collective use or shared use of off-street parking is consolidated into a single, contiguous lot;
    3. The collective use or shared users demonstrate that parking demand will be generated at different times by different uses;
    4. In no event shall the total number of spaces required, as computed separately for each use, be reduced to a number less than that required for the land use with the most required parking; and
    5. All other standards and requirements of this Division are met.
  • Shared Parking Table. Shared parking allows a reduction in the total number of required parking spaces when a parcel is occupied by two or more uses which typically do not experience peak use of parking areas at the same time. When any land or building is used for two or more uses that are within the general use categories listed below, the minimum total number of required parking spaces may be determined by the following procedures:
    1. Multiply the minimum required parking for each individual use, excluding spaces reserved for use by specified individuals or classes of individuals (e.g., spaces that are either posted "reserved", or secured behind a gate), by the appropriate percentage listed in Table 25.05.030.6.1, Shared Parking, for each of the five designated time periods (shown in columns).
    2. Calculate a sum for all uses for each of the five time periods (columns). The minimum parking requirement is the highest of these sums. Set out in Table 25.05.030.6.2, Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation, is an example of how to use Table 25.05.030.6.1, Shared Parking, to calculate required parking.
    3. In general, the maximum reduction allowed by Table 25.05.030.6.1, Shared Parking, shall be 25 percent. However, a greater reduction may be permitted, provided that:
      1. Sufficient land is set aside (land-banked) for each parking space in excess of the 25 percent reduction that is not constructed, so that the spaces may be constructed at a later date should the Planning and Zoning Commission determine that they are necessary; and
      2. The property owner executes and records a document, approved as to form by the City Attorney, that guarantees that the spaces will be constructed upon written order of the Administrator.
  • Table 25.05.030.6.1
    Shared Parking
    General Use Category Weekday Weekend
    Night (12 AM to 6 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
    Residential 100% 60% 90% 80% 90%
    Office 5% 100% 10% 10% 5%
    Retail/Commercial 5% 70% 90% 100% 70%
    Overnight Accommodations 80% 80% 100% 50% 100%
    Restaurant 10% 50% 100% 50% 100%
    Entertainment 10% 40% 100% 80% 100%
    All Others 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
    Table 25.05.030.6.1
    Shared Parking
    General Use Category Weekday Weekend
    Night (12 AM to 6 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
    Residential 100% 60% 90% 80% 90%
    Office 5% 100% 10% 10% 5%
    Retail/Commercial 5% 70% 90% 100% 70%
    Overnight Accommodations 80% 80% 100% 50% 100%
    Restaurant 10% 50% 100% 50% 100%
    Entertainment 10% 40% 100% 80% 100%
    All Others 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
    Table 25.05.030.6.1
    Shared Parking
    General Use Category Weekday Weekend
    Night (12 AM to 6 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
    Residential 100% 60% 90% 80% 90%
    Office 5% 100% 10% 10% 5%
    Retail/Commercial 5% 70% 90% 100% 70%
    Overnight Accommodations 80% 80% 100% 50% 100%
    Restaurant 10% 50% 100% 50% 100%
    Entertainment 10% 40% 100% 80% 100%
    All Others 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
    Table 25.05.030.6.1
    Shared Parking
    General Use Category Weekday Weekend
    Night (12 AM to 6 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
    Residential 100% 60% 90% 80% 90%
    Office 5% 100% 10% 10% 5%
    Retail/Commercial 5% 70% 90% 100% 70%
    Overnight Accommodations 80% 80% 100% 50% 100%
    Restaurant 10% 50% 100% 50% 100%
    Entertainment 10% 40% 100% 80% 100%
    All Others 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
    Table 25.05.030.6.2
    Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
    EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building in a standard development has 50, two-bedroom residences; 50,000 square feet of general office space; and 50,000 square feet of retail space. Separately, these uses would require 492 parking spaces ((50 units x 2.5 spaces/unit) + (50,000 sf. x (3.33 spaces/1,000 sf.)) + (50,000 sf. x (4 spaces/1,000 sf.)) = 492). However, combined, they could share 382 parking spaces, a reduction of 22 percent.
    Use Weekday Weekend
    Night (12 AM to 6 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
    Residential
    125 spaces
    100% x 125 = 125 60% x 125 = 75 90% x 125 = 113 80% x 125 = 100 90% x 125 = 113
    Office
    167 spaces
    5% x 167 = 8 100% x 167 = 167 10% x 167 = 17 10% x 167 = 17 5% x 167 = 8
    Retail/Commercial
    200 spaces
    5% x 200 = 10 70% x 200 = 140 90% x 200 = 180 100$ x 200 = 200 70% x 200 = 140
    Overnight Accommodations 80% x 0 = 0 80% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 50% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    Restaurant 10% x 0 = 0 50% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 50% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    Entertainment 10% x 0 = 0 40% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 80% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    All Others 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    COLUMN TOTALS 143 382 310 317 261
    Table Note:
    1. The largest number, 350, is the number of parking spaces that are required. This example is a 22 percent reduction compared to individual calculations.
    Table 25.05.030.6.2
    Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
    EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building in a standard development has 50, two-bedroom residences; 50,000 square feet of general office space; and 50,000 square feet of retail space. Separately, these uses would require 492 parking spaces ((50 units x 2.5 spaces/unit) + (50,000 sf. x (3.33 spaces/1,000 sf.)) + (50,000 sf. x (4 spaces/1,000 sf.)) = 492). However, combined, they could share 382 parking spaces, a reduction of 22 percent.
    Use Weekday Weekend
    Night (12 AM to 6 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
    Residential
    125 spaces
    100% x 125 = 125 60% x 125 = 75 90% x 125 = 113 80% x 125 = 100 90% x 125 = 113
    Office
    167 spaces
    5% x 167 = 8 100% x 167 = 167 10% x 167 = 17 10% x 167 = 17 5% x 167 = 8
    Retail/Commercial
    200 spaces
    5% x 200 = 10 70% x 200 = 140 90% x 200 = 180 100$ x 200 = 200 70% x 200 = 140
    Overnight Accommodations 80% x 0 = 0 80% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 50% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    Restaurant 10% x 0 = 0 50% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 50% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    Entertainment 10% x 0 = 0 40% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 80% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    All Others 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    COLUMN TOTALS 143 382 310 317 261
    Table Note:
    1. The largest number, 350, is the number of parking spaces that are required. This example is a 22 percent reduction compared to individual calculations.
    Table 25.05.030.6.2
    Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
    EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building in a standard development has 50, two-bedroom residences; 50,000 square feet of general office space; and 50,000 square feet of retail space. Separately, these uses would require 492 parking spaces ((50 units x 2.5 spaces/unit) + (50,000 sf. x (3.33 spaces/1,000 sf.)) + (50,000 sf. x (4 spaces/1,000 sf.)) = 492). However, combined, they could share 382 parking spaces, a reduction of 22 percent.
    Use Weekday Weekend
    Night (12 AM to 6 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
    Residential
    125 spaces
    100% x 125 = 125 60% x 125 = 75 90% x 125 = 113 80% x 125 = 100 90% x 125 = 113
    Office
    167 spaces
    5% x 167 = 8 100% x 167 = 167 10% x 167 = 17 10% x 167 = 17 5% x 167 = 8
    Retail/Commercial
    200 spaces
    5% x 200 = 10 70% x 200 = 140 90% x 200 = 180 100$ x 200 = 200 70% x 200 = 140
    Overnight Accommodations 80% x 0 = 0 80% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 50% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    Restaurant 10% x 0 = 0 50% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 50% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    Entertainment 10% x 0 = 0 40% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 80% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    All Others 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    COLUMN TOTALS 143 382 310 317 261
    Table Note:
    1. The largest number, 350, is the number of parking spaces that are required. This example is a 22 percent reduction compared to individual calculations.
    Table 25.05.030.6.2
    Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
    EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building in a standard development has 50, two-bedroom residences; 50,000 square feet of general office space; and 50,000 square feet of retail space. Separately, these uses would require 492 parking spaces ((50 units x 2.5 spaces/unit) + (50,000 sf. x (3.33 spaces/1,000 sf.)) + (50,000 sf. x (4 spaces/1,000 sf.)) = 492). However, combined, they could share 382 parking spaces, a reduction of 22 percent.
    Use Weekday Weekend
    Night (12 AM to 6 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM) Day (6 AM to 6 PM) Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
    Residential
    125 spaces
    100% x 125 = 125 60% x 125 = 75 90% x 125 = 113 80% x 125 = 100 90% x 125 = 113
    Office
    167 spaces
    5% x 167 = 8 100% x 167 = 167 10% x 167 = 17 10% x 167 = 17 5% x 167 = 8
    Retail/Commercial
    200 spaces
    5% x 200 = 10 70% x 200 = 140 90% x 200 = 180 100$ x 200 = 200 70% x 200 = 140
    Overnight Accommodations 80% x 0 = 0 80% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 50% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    Restaurant 10% x 0 = 0 50% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 50% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    Entertainment 10% x 0 = 0 40% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 80% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    All Others 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0 100% x 0 = 0
    COLUMN TOTALS 143 382 310 317 261
    Table Note:
    1. The largest number, 350, is the number of parking spaces that are required. This example is a 22 percent reduction compared to individual calculations.
    1. Special Shared Parking Study.
      1. As an alternative to the methodology in Table 25.05.030.6.1, Shared Parking, an applicant may submit a special study to demonstrate that the parking required for mixed uses is less than the total of the parking requirements for each individual use or as calculated according to the shared parking provisions set out in Item 3., above. The special study shall be undertaken by a qualified, certified traffic engineer, and shall:
        1. Review peak parking demand periods for the proposed uses during a typical 24-hour weekday and during each weekend day, and propose a required number of parking spaces based on the combined peak hour demand for parking. In no case shall the reduction of parking determined by special study be less than 75 percent of the total required parking when each use is computed separately.
        2. Provide data on the following:
          1. The sensitivity of the proposed uses to change (e.g., a multi-tenant center with no restaurant could have significant changes in parking if a restaurant is added).
          2. Similar mixtures of use in other areas of the community.
          3. Degree of variability of parking for individual uses (average, range, and standard deviation).
      2. The Planning and Zoning Commission may require that space be reserved or land-banked for additional parking upon a determination that there is a reasonable likelihood that the use itself or the nature of the use could change in a manner that increases its parking demand.

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.030.7 Bicycle Parking
  • Application. Bicycle parking shall be required as set out in this Item for:
    1. All parcels proposed for development that have parking lots with more than 25 off-street parking spaces; and
    2. All government offices, places of assembly, and education, recreation, and amusement uses set out in Table 25.02.110, Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses.
  • Exemptions. This Item does not apply to the following:
    1. Single-family detached, single-family attached, and commercial uses of the home as set out in Table 25.02.100.2, Residential and Commercial Uses of the Home.
    2. Institutional uses, with the exception of government offices, libraries, and places of assembly as set out in Table 25.02.110, Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses.
    3. All uses set out in Table 25.02.130, Agricultural, Industrial, Utility, and Communication Uses.
    4. Lots or building sites where there is less than 2,500 square feet of gross floor area.
  • Number of Bicycle Parking Spaces. One bicycle parking space is required for each 25 required off-street parking spaces, or portion thereof. If the final calculated number of bicycle parking spaces includes a fractional space, then the number of required bicycle spaces is rounded up to the nearest whole number, regardless of the fraction.
  • Bicycle Parking Design Standards.
    1. Bicycle parking shall be designed so that racks are securely anchored to a hard surface to prevent easy removal (see Figure 25.05.030.7.1, Illustrative Permitted Bicycle Parking Systems).
    2. Bicycle racks shall be provided within 50 feet of the main entrance to the principal building and a minimum of 24 inches from any building wall (see Figure 25.05.030.7.2, Distance to Main Building Entrance).
    3. For sites that have more than one principal building, but are not an institutional campus, the bicycle parking must be within 50 feet of a main entrance as measured along the most direct pedestrian access route, and must be distributed to serve all principal buildings.
    4. There must be an aisle at least five feet wide behind all required bicycle parking to allow room for bicycle maneuvering. Where the bicycle parking is adjacent to a sidewalk, the maneuvering area may extend into the sidewalk area.
    5. Bicycle parking facilities shall not interfere with accessible paths of travel or accessible parking as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990.
    6. In cases where bicycle parking spaces are not visible from the primary street, signage shall be used to direct cyclists safely to bicycle parking areas.
  • Figure 25.05.030.7.1
    Illustrative Permitted Bicycle Parking Systems
    Figure 25.05.030.7.2
    Distance to Main Building Entrance
    1. Bicycle Parking Location Standards.
      1. Bicycle parking spaces may be staggered and/or grouped near the entrance of a building for a single-use or located near various entrances for multi-use sites.
      2. The location of bicycle parking facilities shall be at least as convenient to the main entrance of the primary use as the most convenient automobile parking not reserved for persons with disabilities.
      3. An aisle at least five feet wide shall be provided behind all required bicycle parking spaces to allow room for bicycle maneuvering and to prevent hazards or obstructions to the normal flow of pedestrians into the use.

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.040.1 Purpose and Application
  • Purpose. The purpose of this Item is to set out standards for the design, use, and appearance of off-street parking areas.
  • Application. The objectives and standards of this Section are to be used in the review and approval of onsite parking areas for all multiple-family, mixed use, institutional, and nonresidential uses.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.040.2 Design Objectives
  • Generally. It is the intent of the City to improve the function and appearance of on-site parking areas. In furtherance of this intent, the objectives set out in this Item are for the purpose of guiding the design and construction of parking areas.
  • Objectives. To achieve well-designed parking areas that facilitate good access and circulation and are both safe and attractive, the following are the general objectives for the design and construction of onsite parking areas:
    1. Provide for safe and convenient entry and exit of vehicles and efficient circulation within parking areas;
    2. Provide for safe pedestrian access ways that are protected from vehicular traffic;
    3. Integrate structural and non-structural best management practices to effectively manage the volume and flow rate, as well as the collection, storage, and conveyance of stormwater runoff from vehicular use areas;
    4. Use landscape surface areas and landscape plantings to reduce the heat-island effect during the summer months and to enhance and soften the appearance of parking areas and reduce their visual impacts on the adjacent streets and particularly, residential districts and uses;
    5. Provide sufficient areas for snow storage and removal;
    6. Use landscape islands and pavement markings to direct the pattern and flow of traffic within and between parking areas; and
    7. Provide adequate parking to meet the requirements of Subsection 25.05.030.2, Required Off-Street Parking.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.040.3 Use of Parking and Loading Areas
  • Storage Prohibited.
    1. Required off-street parking spaces shall be available for operable passenger vehicles of the residents, customers, patrons, and employees of the use to which they relate.
    2. Storing or displaying materials, boats, campers, recreational vehicles, or inoperable vehicles, or parking trucks or trailers is prohibited in parking areas, unless:
      1. The outdoor storage or display use is permitted in the applicable zoning district and approved for the subject property; and
      2. The areas that are set aside for such parking are not counted towards the parking requirements for the use, as set out in Subsection 25.05.030.2, Required Off-Street Parking; and
      3. The areas that are set aside for such parking comply with the requirements for outdoor storage and display (e.g., buffering or screening, location, size of area, etc.), as set out in Subsection 25.03.100.5, Outdoor Display of Merchandise, and Subsection 25.03.100.6, Outdoor Storage.
    3. The storage of trailers in loading spaces for a period in excess of 48 hours is prohibited. Such spaces shall be available for routine use by delivery vehicles.
    4. Trash enclosures, dumpsters, recycling or donation bins, and transformers shall not be located in required parking areas or in locations that interfere with the circulation or use of parking spaces.
  • Vehicle Work Prohibited. No vehicle work of any kind or nature is permitted within off-street parking lots or parking areas.
  • Blocking Access Prohibited.
    1. Blocking loading or parking spaces is prohibited.
    2. Loading or parking spaces shall not be designed or located in a manner that block access to other loading spaces, parking spaces, drive aisles, fire lanes, ingress or egress points, or building entrances. However, tandem parking spaces may be used in valet lots.
    3. Parking within a driveway approach or across public sidewalks is prohibited.
  • Snow Storage. Parking lots and the landscape areas required by Section 25.05.090, Development Landscaping, shall be designed and configured so that snow can be efficiently plowed into on-site storage areas. Snow storage areas shall be located and designed so that:
    1. The amount of parking on the site is not reduced below 80 percent of the number of spaces required by Subsection 25.05.030.2, Required Off-Street Parking, when snow is stored on-site;
    2. Storage of snow does not interfere with circulation on the site or with visibility at points of ingress or egress or at street intersections;
    3. The location of the snow storage area does not create an unreasonable risk of snow being pushed into public street rights-of-way;
    4. The snow storage area is located and configured so that snow can be removed from the site during periods of heavy snowfall that are combined with sub-freezing temperatures; and
    5. The area under the stored snow is pervious landscape area, and runoff from snowmelt is directed through stormwater best management practices (BMPs) to slow water and improve its quality.
  • Sales and Events. The hosting of events and sale of goods in a parking lot is prohibited, except when the applicable requirements for temporary sales are met, as set out in Subchapter 25.02-E, Temporary Uses.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.040.4 Space and Module Standards
  • Parking Area Layout.
    1. Access to Parking Spaces.
      1. All parking areas must be designed to allow vehicles to enter and exit the roadway in a forward motion, except:
        1. Parking areas with up to four spaces may be designed so that vehicles back into an alley. However, there must be a maneuvering area of at least 20 feet between the end of each parking space and the opposite side of the alley. If the alley is less than 20 feet wide, some of this maneuvering area will be on-site.
        2. Parking areas with one or two spaces whose only access is on a local street;
      2. All parking areas must be designed so that a vehicle may enter or exit without having to move another vehicle.
    2. Parking Space and Aisle Dimensions. Parking spaces and aisles must meet the minimum dimensions set out in Item 2, Dimensions of Standard Parking Spaces, and Item 3, Parking Module Dimensions.
    3. Parking for Persons with Disabilities. Parking required to meet the American's with Disabilities Act (ADA) shall be designed in accordance with Subsection 25.05.030.4, Parking for Persons with Disabilities.
  • Dimensions of Standard Parking Spaces. Parking spaces shall have the following dimensions:
    1. Generally. Nine feet in width by 20 feet in standard depth and 180 square feet in total size.
    2. Reduced Depth Stall. The standard depth parking stall may be reduced from 20 feet to 18 feet provided there is an allowance for a two-foot vehicle overhang, which requires an additional two foot width of sidewalks, street yards, and landscape strips. (See Figure 25.05.04.4.1, Permitted Vehicle Overhang)
  • Figure 25.05.040.4.1
    Permitted Vehicle Overhang

      1. 90-Degree Parking Spaces that abut a Curb or the Edge of Pavement (allowing for an overhang). Nine feet of width by 18 feet reduced depth provided there is a six foot wide sidewalk or a minimum five foot planting area. (See Figure 25.05.040.4.2, Parking Space Dimensions.)
      2. Parallel (0-degree) Parking Spaces. Eight feet in width by 20 feet standard depth.
    Figure 25.05.040.4.2
    Parking Space Dimensions
    1. Parking Module Dimensions. Parking modules shall be dimensioned as shown in Table 25.05.040.4, Parking Module Dimensions. The dimensions that are set out in the table are illustrated in Figure 25.05.040.4.3, Parking Module Standards.
    Table 25.05.040.4
    Parking Module Dimensions
    MeasurementsParking Space Angle
    0/Parallel Parking45o60o90o
    One-Stall Row, One-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth8 ft.20 ft. 7 in.21 ft. 11 in.20 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width13 ft. 2 in.13 ft. 10 in.15 ft. 6 in.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)21 ft. 2 in.34 ft. 5 in.37 ft. 5 in.44 ft.
    Two Stall Rows, One-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth16 ft.41 ft. 1 in.43 ft. 8 in.40 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width13 ft. 2 in.13 ft. 10 in.15 ft. 6 in.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)29 ft. 2 in.54 ft. 11 in.59 ft. 2 in.64 ft.
    One Stall Row, Two-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth8 ft.20 ft. 7 in.21 ft. 11 in.20 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width23 ft. 3 in.20 ft.22 ft.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)31 ft. 3 in.40 ft. 7 in.43 ft. 11 in.44 ft.
    Two Stall Rows, Two-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth16 ft.41 ft. 1 in.43 ft. 8 in.40 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width23 ft. 3 in.20 ft.22 ft.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)39 ft. 3 in.61 ft. 1 in.65 ft. 8 in.64 ft.

    Table Notes:

    1. Refer to Item 2.a., above, for the minimum stall width reflected in Figure 25.05.04.4.2, Parking Module Standards.
    Table 25.05.040.4
    Parking Module Dimensions
    MeasurementsParking Space Angle
    0/Parallel Parking45o60o90o
    One-Stall Row, One-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth8 ft.20 ft. 7 in.21 ft. 11 in.20 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width13 ft. 2 in.13 ft. 10 in.15 ft. 6 in.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)21 ft. 2 in.34 ft. 5 in.37 ft. 5 in.44 ft.
    Two Stall Rows, One-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth16 ft.41 ft. 1 in.43 ft. 8 in.40 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width13 ft. 2 in.13 ft. 10 in.15 ft. 6 in.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)29 ft. 2 in.54 ft. 11 in.59 ft. 2 in.64 ft.
    One Stall Row, Two-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth8 ft.20 ft. 7 in.21 ft. 11 in.20 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width23 ft. 3 in.20 ft.22 ft.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)31 ft. 3 in.40 ft. 7 in.43 ft. 11 in.44 ft.
    Two Stall Rows, Two-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth16 ft.41 ft. 1 in.43 ft. 8 in.40 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width23 ft. 3 in.20 ft.22 ft.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)39 ft. 3 in.61 ft. 1 in.65 ft. 8 in.64 ft.

    Table Notes:

    1. Refer to Item 2.a., above, for the minimum stall width reflected in Figure 25.05.04.4.2, Parking Module Standards.
    Table 25.05.040.4
    Parking Module Dimensions
    MeasurementsParking Space Angle
    0/Parallel Parking45o60o90o
    One-Stall Row, One-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth8 ft.20 ft. 7 in.21 ft. 11 in.20 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width13 ft. 2 in.13 ft. 10 in.15 ft. 6 in.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)21 ft. 2 in.34 ft. 5 in.37 ft. 5 in.44 ft.
    Two Stall Rows, One-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth16 ft.41 ft. 1 in.43 ft. 8 in.40 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width13 ft. 2 in.13 ft. 10 in.15 ft. 6 in.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)29 ft. 2 in.54 ft. 11 in.59 ft. 2 in.64 ft.
    One Stall Row, Two-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth8 ft.20 ft. 7 in.21 ft. 11 in.20 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width23 ft. 3 in.20 ft.22 ft.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)31 ft. 3 in.40 ft. 7 in.43 ft. 11 in.44 ft.
    Two Stall Rows, Two-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth16 ft.41 ft. 1 in.43 ft. 8 in.40 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width23 ft. 3 in.20 ft.22 ft.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)39 ft. 3 in.61 ft. 1 in.65 ft. 8 in.64 ft.

    Table Notes:

    1. Refer to Item 2.a., above, for the minimum stall width reflected in Figure 25.05.04.4.2, Parking Module Standards.
    Table 25.05.040.4
    Parking Module Dimensions
    MeasurementsParking Space Angle
    0/Parallel Parking45o60o90o
    One-Stall Row, One-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth8 ft.20 ft. 7 in.21 ft. 11 in.20 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width13 ft. 2 in.13 ft. 10 in.15 ft. 6 in.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)21 ft. 2 in.34 ft. 5 in.37 ft. 5 in.44 ft.
    Two Stall Rows, One-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth16 ft.41 ft. 1 in.43 ft. 8 in.40 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width13 ft. 2 in.13 ft. 10 in.15 ft. 6 in.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)29 ft. 2 in.54 ft. 11 in.59 ft. 2 in.64 ft.
    One Stall Row, Two-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth8 ft.20 ft. 7 in.21 ft. 11 in.20 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width23 ft. 3 in.20 ft.22 ft.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)31 ft. 3 in.40 ft. 7 in.43 ft. 11 in.44 ft.
    Two Stall Rows, Two-Way Aisle
    Stall Row Depth16 ft.41 ft. 1 in.43 ft. 8 in.40 ft.
    Drive Aisle Width23 ft. 3 in.20 ft.22 ft.24 ft.
    Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)39 ft. 3 in.61 ft. 1 in.65 ft. 8 in.64 ft.

    Table Notes:

    1. Refer to Item 2.a., above, for the minimum stall width reflected in Figure 25.05.04.4.2, Parking Module Standards.
    Figure 25.05.040.4.3
    Parking Module Standards
    1. Traffic Control Devices. All traffic control devices (e.g., signs, markings, and signals) shall conform to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), latest edition, published by the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) under 23 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 655, Subpart F.
    2. Vertical Clearance. A vertical clearance of not less than eight feet shall be provided over all parking spaces. Additional clearance shall be provided for larger vans, sport utility vehicles, and light trucks that require such clearance if parking demand for such vehicles is anticipated. All parking garage entrances shall include an overhead bar to alert oversized vehicles regarding clearance.
    3. Pedestrian Circulation. Pedestrian Circulation Parking areas in the Mixed Use (MU), Suburban Commercial (SC), General Commercial (GC), Casino Entertainment (CE), Public ad Institutional (PI), and Business Park (BP) and General Industrial (GI) where a public sidewalk exists or is required, must contain the following elements:
      1. An on-site sidewalk shall connect the public sidewalk to a primary pedestrian entrance of the primary structure on the site. On corner lots, on-site sidewalks shall connect both public sidewalks to a primary pedestrian entrance of the primary structure on the site;
      2. Where two or more buildings are on the same lot, on-site sidewalks shall connect at least one pedestrian entrance of each building;
      3. Where private streets or access easements allow vehicular access to a property, on-site sidewalks shall connect along said private street or access easement to each structure in a development.
      4. Such on-site sidewalks shall be:
        1. Lighted;
        2. No less than five (5) feet in width and, where a parked vehicle will overhang into any sidewalk, minimum width shall increase two (2) feet for each overhang;
        3. Asphalt, concrete, brick, masonry pavers, or other hard surface material approved by the Administrator;
        4. Physically separated from other pavement by change in elevation or landscaping;

        5. Where crossing vehicle paving, clearly identifiable through the use of striping, elevation changes, speed bumps, a different paving material or other similar method.

    (Ord. 2019-0017; 2015-0915; 2015-0215; 2021-0460)

    Effective on: 5/22/2021

    Subsection 25.05.040.5 Location
  • Location of Off-Street Parking.
    1. Nonresidential On-Site, Off-Street Parking.
      1. On-site, off-street parking shall be set back behind any required bufferyard as set out in Section 25.05.100, Bufferyards.
      2. Parking spaces, aisles, and turning areas shall not encroach upon or overhang any street, driveway, or public street right-of-way.
    2. Residential On-Site, Off-Street Parking.
      1. No parking space is permitted in any front yard or street side yard, except parking is permitted for passenger cars, vans, pick-up trucks, or similar vehicles where the space is:
        1. Outside of an enclosed garage provided the surface is constructed of Portland cement concrete (PCC) or hotmix asphalt; or
        2. In the absence of an enclosed garage, on a single driveway no greater than 16 feet in width that is in a location on the lot where an enclosed garage may be lawfully built (see Section 25.03.090, Residential Use Accessory and Supplemental Standards, Item 7, Detached Garages in the Neighborhood Conservation (NC) Sub-districts).
      2. Guest parking in excess of the minimum parking requirements set out in Subsection 25.05.030.2, Required Off-Street Parking, may be permitted in platted guest parking areas and/or islands. Parking islands are permitted within enlarged cul-de-sacs provided the turning radii is sufficient to accommodate fire apparatus and other large vehicles and trucks. In no case shall the required parking be located within guest parking areas and/or islands.
  • Remote Parking. For multiple-family, mixed use, and nonresidential development, required off-street parking may be provided on another parcel, subject to the following:
    1. The distance from the parcel proposed for development to the remote parking area shall not exceed 660 feet. Such distance shall be measured along established pedestrian routes, from the nearest point of the parking facility to the nearest point of entrance to the building, structure, or use served by the facility.
    2. Remote parking shall be located on property that is reasonably accessible to the parcel proposed for development, which is also zoned for multiple-family, mixed use, or nonresidential use.
  • Parking in the NC.4 and NC.5 Sub-Districts. These sub-districts allow single-family detached, single-family attached, and multiple-family dwellings that are of moderate to high gross density, as well as nonresidential uses that are existing as of the effective date of this Code or allowed in the NC.4 and NC.5 sub-districts. To alleviate congestion and reduce the amount of on-street parking, on-site parking may be provided in these sub-districts, which may take access from an alley or a side street, as provided below.
    1. General Standards.
      1. The surface of parking pads in the rear yard that take access to an alley and street side head-in parking shall be constructed of Portland cement concrete (PCC) or of the same or a comparable surface to that of the public street, as approved by the City Engineer.
      2. The one-time exemption from the building coverage ratio limitations set out in Section 25.03.090, Residential Use Accessory and Supplemental Standards, Item 7, Detached Garages in the Neighborhood Conservation (NC) sub-districts, may be used either for construction of up to 450 square feet of detached garage floor area or for the construction of one of the following off-street parking options, but not both improvements.
    2. Rear Yard Parking Pad. (See Figure 25.05.04.5.1, Head-In Parking Off Alley)
      1. For lots without an enclosed garage or lots within an enclosed garage with street access from the front, a maximum of two parking stalls may be constructed in the rear yard for which access is taken from the alley.
        1. For 90o head-in parking, the maximum width is 16 feet (single stall), 20 feet (two stall), or 27 feet (three stall) and the maximum depth is 20 feet.
        2. For 45o or 60o parking, the maximum width and depth shall be in accordance with the dimensions set out in Table 25.05.040.4, Parking Module Dimensions.
        3. There shall be a minimum five foot setback from any property line or principal building or accessory building or structure.
        4. A minimum unpaved five foot clear area for snow storage is required on all sides.
        5. One large tree or two small trees shall exist or shall be planted in the rear yard for each parking stall.
        6. A five foot sight distance triangle shall be maintained, measured linearly from the point of intersection of the parking stall with the alley, in each direction along the alley and parking stall.
      2. For lots with an enclosed garage in the rear yard or with a garage with side street access, one parking stall may be constructed in the rear yard for which access is taken from the alley. All standards of Item 3.a.1., above, apply.
  • Figure 25.05.040.5.1
    Head-In Parking Off Alley
      1. Rear Yard Parallel Parking Pad. (See Figure 25.05.040.5.2, Parallel Parking Off Alley) Depending on the lot width and location of an enclosed garage or other accessory structure, either one or two parking spaces may be constructed parallel with the alley.
        1. The minimum dimension of each parallel parking stall shall be 10 foot wide by 20 foot long, which allows two extra feet on the alley side for the purpose of maintenance.
        2. There shall be a minimum five foot setback from any property line or principal building or accessory building or structure.
        3. A minimum unpaved five foot clear area for snow storage is required on all sides.
        4. One large tree or two small trees shall exist or shall be planted in the rear yard for each parking stall.
        5. A five foot sight distance triangle shall be maintained, measured linearly from the point of intersection of the parking stall with the alley, in each direction along the alley and parking stall.
    Figure 25.05.040.5.2
    Parallel Parking Off Alley
      1. Side Street Head-In Parking. (See Figure 25.05.040.5.3, Side Street Head-In Parking)
        1. Up to four head-in parking stalls may be permitted subject to an affirmative recommendation of the Administrator and subsequent review and approval of the Planning and Zoning Commission who, in order to grant approval, shall find:
          1. The use of the subject property and other properties in the immediate vicinity warrant additional off-street parking by reason of the number of dwelling units and the resulting density of people and vehicles;
          2. The use of side street parking is reasonable given the existing conditions and the interests of public safety;
          3. The street from which access is proposed to be taken is not a collector street or arterial street or an emergency snow route;
          4. The street right-of-way is of a width that can safely accommodate the necessary parking movements;
          5. The subject property is of a sufficient size and is arranged in such a manner so as to accommodate the proposed parking;
          6. There is a severe deficiency of parking that is causing undue congestion, traffic impedance, issues of traffic and/or pedestrian safety, and/or impacts on neighboring properties;
          7. Side street parking will improve the above conditions; and
          8. The construction of side street parking will not negatively impact the character of the existing neighborhood.
        2. For 90o head-in parking, the maximum width is 16 feet (single stall), 20 feet (two stall), 27 feet (three stall), or 36 feet (four stall), and the maximum depth is 20 feet.
        3. For 45o or 60o parking, the maximum width and depth shall be in accordance with the dimensions set out in Table 25.05.040.5, Parking Module Dimensions.
        4. Any area outside of the public right-of-way that is required to accommodate the street side head-in parking shall be recorded as a street easement, approved as to form by the City Attorney;
        5. The sidewalk shall be relocated and reconstructed (or constructed if it did not exist prior to the parking improvement) to provide continuity of the existing sidewalk system.
        6. There is a minimum 12 foot setback from any principal building and a minimum five foot setback from any accessory building.
        7. One large tree or two small trees shall exist or shall be planted in the side yard for each parking stall.
    Figure 25.05.040.5.3
    Side Street Head-In Parking

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.040.6 Vehicle Stacking
  • Generally. Stacking spaces are used to measure the capacity of a drive-through lane to hold vehicles while transactions are taking place at drive-through stations. Stacking spaces measure nine feet wide by 20 feet in length and provide direct access to a service window. The position in front of a drive-through station (e.g., a service window, ATM, or station at a drive-through bank) is counted as a stacking space.
  • Requirements. Uses that include drive-through service shall not have fewer than the following number of stacking spaces:
    1. Bank or credit union, commercial retail, dry cleaning and laundry, convenience stores, or pharmacies (or functionally similar uses): Three stacking spaces per drive-through station.
    2. Drive-through restaurants (or functionally similar uses):
      1. Six stacking spaces to each menu board. See Figure 25.05.040.6Illustrative Stacking Requirements.
    3. Drive-through only uses such as vending kiosks or ATMs (or functionally similar uses): In buildings with less than 300 square feet of gross floor area and no separate menu board (e.g., coffee stands): Three stacking spaces per service window.
  • Figure 25.05.040.6
    Illustrative Stacking Requirements
    1. Design.
      1. Stacking lanes shall not be the only entry or exit lane on the premises.
      2. Stacking lanes shall be clearly marked and shall not interfere with on-site and off-site traffic and pedestrian circulation.
      3. Order boards, service windows, and stacking lanes shall not be located between the facade of a building and the public street upon which the building fronts. Such facilities and the stacking lane may be located adjacent to a street side yard provided they are screened with a Type B Bufferyard (see Subsection 25.05.100.1, Bufferyard Types).
      4. Stacking lanes shall be designed with an abutting 10 foot wide bypass lane.

    (Ord2015-0433; 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 6/13/2015

    Subsection 25.05.040.7 Surfacing and Maintenance
  • Surfacing. Off-street parking and vehicular use areas shall be surfaced as follows:
    1. Off-street parking areas are required to be graded and constructed of Portland cement concrete (PCC) or asphalt as approved by the City Manager or his or her designee. Such surface must protect against potholes, erosion, and dust.
    2. In appropriate locations, the City Manager or his or her designee may permit less durable surfaces for portions of off-street parking facilities provided that:
      1. The perimeter of such areas are defined by curbing, bricks, stones, railroad ties, or other similar devices;
      2. Surfaces with loose materials are set back at least 25 feet from public street right-of-way;
      3. The material does not generate an inordinate amount of dust;
      4. It is located in areas proximate to and in combination with on-site storm water control devices; and
      5. The area does not exceed 25 percent of the required parking area for the site.
  • Maintenance. Off-street driveways, parking surfaces, access aisles, and traffic control devices shall be kept in good condition and parking space lines or pavement markings on hard-surfaced lots shall be kept clearly visible and distinct.
  • (Ord. 2019-0017; 2016-0799; 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 9/17/2016

    Subsection 25.05.080.1 Plant Materials
  • Approved Landscape Plants. Only approved landscape plant materials count towards the landscape requirements of this Division. A list of approved plant materials is set out in Appendix A, Plant List.
  • Allowed Landscape Plants. Plants that are not listed on the approved plant list are allowed, but they are not counted towards compliance with this Division. Applicants who wish to count such plants are advised to seek an amendment to the approved plant list to include them. Plants may be added to the list if it is demonstrated by credible evidence that the species is not subject to:
    1. The Iowa State Noxious Weed List, U.S. Department of Agriculture; or
    2. The Iowa Noxious Weeds and the Iowa Weed Law, set out in Chapter 317, Code of Iowa, 1997; and
    3. Is either native to the region or not invasive; and
    4. Provides habitat for native wildlife or migratory birds.
  • Prohibited Plants. Plant species that are subject to those specifically called out in Item 2., above, are not allowed and may not be sought for addition to the approved plant list.
  • Quality of New Plantings. All landscape material shall be in compliance with the standards of the American Nursery and Landscape Association.
  • Water-Wise Landscaping.
    1. Plant Selection and Grouping Requirements.
      1. Low water use plants (including grasses) are required on slopes that are steeper than 25 percent, and in all areas that are less than eight feet wide or otherwise difficult to irrigate and manage (unless such areas are characterized by hydric soils).
      2. Not more than 50 percent of the trees and shrubs that are installed to meet the requirements of this Division may be classified as high water use. Plants or trees growing produce for human consumption are not counted in this calculation.
      3. Plants shall be selected based on their adaptability to the site. Native vegetation shall be installed, or protected and preserved when possible.
    2. Mulch. Mulch, such as bark, stone, or other materials left loose or other water saving treatments shall be used for all planting areas, except turf, in order to help maintain soil moisture and inhibit weeds.
  • Minimum Size of Plants at Installation. Plant material that is installed to comply with the requirements of this Division shall be the following sizes as set out in Table 25.05.080.1, Minimum Size of Plants at Installation.
  • Table 25.05.080.1
    Minimum Size of Plants at Installation
    Type of Plant Material Minimum Size at Installation
    Large Tree 3 inch caliper
    Small Tree 2 inch caliper
    Evergreen Tree 6 feet in height
    Shrub 5 gallon container
    Table 25.05.080.1
    Minimum Size of Plants at Installation
    Type of Plant Material Minimum Size at Installation
    Large Tree 3 inch caliper
    Small Tree 2 inch caliper
    Evergreen Tree 6 feet in height
    Shrub 5 gallon container
    Table 25.05.080.1
    Minimum Size of Plants at Installation
    Type of Plant Material Minimum Size at Installation
    Large Tree 3 inch caliper
    Small Tree 2 inch caliper
    Evergreen Tree 6 feet in height
    Shrub 5 gallon container
    Table 25.05.080.1
    Minimum Size of Plants at Installation
    Type of Plant Material Minimum Size at Installation
    Large Tree 3 inch caliper
    Small Tree 2 inch caliper
    Evergreen Tree 6 feet in height
    Shrub 5 gallon container

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.080.2 Tree Protection
  • Generally. Existing trees that are to be counted towards the landscaping requirements of this Division shall be protected according to the requirements of this Section.
  • Tree Protection Requirements. The following efforts shall be utilized to retain existing trees:
    1. Parking areas and building sites shall be located to the maximum extent practicable to preserve existing trees.
    2. Grates or other pervious materials or surfaces shall be utilized within the drip line (outermost limit of horizontal branch extension) of existing trees to allow water and air to reach the tree roots.
    3. Fill shall be prohibited in areas under the drip line of existing trees.
    4. Drastic changes in drainage patterns which might negatively affect existing trees shall be avoided.
    5. All trees to be retained shall have perimeter fencing at the extreme outer edge of the tree canopy. The fencing shall be flagged with yellow caution tape or yellow pennants, and shall remain in place throughout the construction period. There shall be no activity of any kind inside the perimeter. No land clearing or building permits shall be issued until the perimeter of all protected trees and tree stands have been properly fenced.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.080.3 Credit for Existing Trees
  • Generally. Credit may be given for the preservation of existing trees and shrubs, as provided in this Item.
  • Condition of Existing Landscaping. Existing landscaping is eligible for credit only if:
    1. It is healthy and in good structural condition;
    2. It is on the approved plant list defined in Appendix A, Plant List; and
    3. It is located:
      1. Within the area where the credit will be applied (e.g., trees preserved in a parking lot are counted as parking lot landscaping); or
      2. Within 15 feet of such area and situated such that it will contribute to the purpose of the landscape area to which it is credited (e.g., a tree located within 15 feet of a bufferyard may be credited to the bufferyard if it is located between the property line and the building and/or use).
  • Location of Existing Landscaping. Credit is only available for plants that are located on the parcel proposed for development.
  • Calculation of Canopy Tree Preservation Credit. For the purposes of the planting requirements of this Division, credit shall be given for preserved large trees as set out in Table 25.05.080.3, Tree Preservation Credit.
  • Table 25.05.080.3
    Tree Preservation Credit
    Diameter at Breast Height of Preserved Large Tree Credit per Preserved Tree
    More Than Up to and Including
    32 inches Any 5 large trees
    24 inches 32 inches 4 large trees
    16 inches 24 inches 3 large trees
    8 inches 16 inches 2 large trees
    4 inches 8 inches 1.5 large trees
    2.5 inches 4 inches 1 large tree
    Table 25.05.080.3
    Tree Preservation Credit
    Diameter at Breast Height of Preserved Large Tree Credit per Preserved Tree
    More Than Up to and Including
    32 inches Any 5 large trees
    24 inches 32 inches 4 large trees
    16 inches 24 inches 3 large trees
    8 inches 16 inches 2 large trees
    4 inches 8 inches 1.5 large trees
    2.5 inches 4 inches 1 large tree
    Table 25.05.080.3
    Tree Preservation Credit
    Diameter at Breast Height of Preserved Large Tree Credit per Preserved Tree
    More Than Up to and Including
    32 inches Any 5 large trees
    24 inches 32 inches 4 large trees
    16 inches 24 inches 3 large trees
    8 inches 16 inches 2 large trees
    4 inches 8 inches 1.5 large trees
    2.5 inches 4 inches 1 large tree
    Table 25.05.080.3
    Tree Preservation Credit
    Diameter at Breast Height of Preserved Large Tree Credit per Preserved Tree
    More Than Up to and Including
    32 inches Any 5 large trees
    24 inches 32 inches 4 large trees
    16 inches 24 inches 3 large trees
    8 inches 16 inches 2 large trees
    4 inches 8 inches 1.5 large trees
    2.5 inches 4 inches 1 large tree
    1. Calculation of Other Landscaping Credit. Existing, healthy landscaping shall be credited against planting requirements on a one to one basis in the same category of plant material. For example, the preservation of one existing shrub reduces the planting requirement for the area where the shrub is located by one shrub.

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.090.1 Parking Lot Landscaping
  • Purpose. Vehicular use areas, including parking lots, drive-through lanes, drive-in lanes, stacking areas, and common driveways in single use, multi-use / multi-tenant, and mixed-use development shall be landscaped and buffered as set out in this Item. The perimeter landscape buffers are to mitigate the impact of headlights on streets and abutting residential property, and to reduce the aesthetic impact of parked cars and expanses of pavement on the character of the street.
  • Generally. Surface parking lots are subject to the standards of this Item as provided in Table 25.05.090.1, Applicability of Parking Lot Landscaping Standards.
  • Table 25.05.090.1
    Applicability of Parking Lot Landscaping Standards
    Size of Lot Perimeter Landscaping Standards (Item 3) Tree Planting in Perimeter Landscape Buffer
    (Item 5)
    Tree Planting in Islands
    (Item 5.c)
    1 to 5 parking spaces Not Applicable Applicable Not Applicable
    6 to 20 surface parking spaces, except as provided below Applicable, but limited to the area between the parking lot and street rights-of-way Applicable Optional
    21 or more spaces; or
    2 or more parking aisles
    Applicable Applicable Applicable
    Table 25.05.090.1
    Applicability of Parking Lot Landscaping Standards
    Size of Lot Perimeter Landscaping Standards (Item 3) Tree Planting in Perimeter Landscape Buffer
    (Item 5)
    Tree Planting in Islands
    (Item 5.c)
    1 to 5 parking spaces Not Applicable Applicable Not Applicable
    6 to 20 surface parking spaces, except as provided below Applicable, but limited to the area between the parking lot and street rights-of-way Applicable Optional
    21 or more spaces; or
    2 or more parking aisles
    Applicable Applicable Applicable
    Table 25.05.090.1
    Applicability of Parking Lot Landscaping Standards
    Size of Lot Perimeter Landscaping Standards (Item 3) Tree Planting in Perimeter Landscape Buffer
    (Item 5)
    Tree Planting in Islands
    (Item 5.c)
    1 to 5 parking spaces Not Applicable Applicable Not Applicable
    6 to 20 surface parking spaces, except as provided below Applicable, but limited to the area between the parking lot and street rights-of-way Applicable Optional
    21 or more spaces; or
    2 or more parking aisles
    Applicable Applicable Applicable
    Table 25.05.090.1
    Applicability of Parking Lot Landscaping Standards
    Size of Lot Perimeter Landscaping Standards (Item 3) Tree Planting in Perimeter Landscape Buffer
    (Item 5)
    Tree Planting in Islands
    (Item 5.c)
    1 to 5 parking spaces Not Applicable Applicable Not Applicable
    6 to 20 surface parking spaces, except as provided below Applicable, but limited to the area between the parking lot and street rights-of-way Applicable Optional
    21 or more spaces; or
    2 or more parking aisles
    Applicable Applicable Applicable
    1. Perimeter Landscaping Standards.
      1. Width and Location of Perimeter Landscape Buffer. A perimeter landscape buffer that is at least eight feet in width is required around the perimeter of parking lots, except at areas of ingress and egress and areas between the parking lot and buildings on the same parcel. Areas used for vehicle overhangs as set out in Subsection 25.05.040.4, Space and Module Standards, may be counted toward this required width.
      2. Composition of Landscape Buffer. Perimeter landscape buffers shall be composed of any one or a combination of the following:
        1. A 30 inch tall landscape or retaining wall constructed of landscape timbers, masonry, stone, or another approved material, measured from the surface of the parking lot in the area that is closest to the wall; or
        2. An earthen berm with a maximum 3:1 slope (three feet of run per one foot of rise) that is mounded to a minimum height of three feet, provided that shrubs are planted along 15 percent of the linear dimension, measured along the curb or pavement edge, required to be screened; or
        3. Shrubs planted to form a buffer that is at least 30 inches in height, provided that the landscape area is set back from parking spaces a minimum three feet from the face of the curb or parking bumper that faces the parking space.
      3. Planting and Screening Requirements.
        1. Perimeter landscape buffers composed of shrubs complying with 3.b., above, must be planted with, at a minimum, a ground cover, shrubs, and/or perennials. In addition to the above planted materials, up to 25 percent of the perimeter buffers may include a natural ground cover, such as mulch, rock, or stone. Perimeter buffers may also include trees as set out above in Table 25.05.09.1, Applicability of Parking Lot Landscaping Standards, and Item 3., below.
        2. Along portions of parking or vehicular use areas that abut street rights-of-way, drive-through lanes, drive-in lanes, stacking areas, or common driveways (such as an access drive or ring road), shrubs or ornamental grasses shall be planted or a landscape or retaining wall or earthern berm shall be constructed to a minimum height of 30 inches, measured from the top of the parking lot curb (or in the instance of no curb, the parking surface), along no less than 25 percent of the linear dimension of such parking or vehicular use area. The required shrubs or ornamental grasses may be planted in groupings if an equal or a greater number of shrubs or grasses are used. Along collector streets and arterial streets and highways, the minimum percentages of linear screening are 35 percent, 50 percent, and 65 percent, respectively.
        3. Along areas in which the edge of the parking lot is closer than 15 feet to a property line, the perimeter landscape buffer shall be planted with shrubs, perennials, and/or ornamental grasses, maintained at a minimum height of 30 inches, along no less than 25 percent of the linear dimension of the parking lot, unless the area is screened by a building or landscape or retaining walls on the lot or parcel proposed for development or the buffer is exempted by reason of an elevation difference (see Item 4., below).
        4. If the boundary of a parking lot that contains 21 or more surface parking spaces is within 15 feet of a lot line that is shared by a single-family detached or single-family attached residential lot or use, or an NC.1, NC.2, or NC.3 sub-district boundary, then the perimeter buffer or the bufferyard required by Subsection 25.05.100.2, District Standards, if any, that is required along said lot line shall include:
          1. A six-foot tall solid fence or wall that separates the parking lot from the abutting property; or
          2. A type B bufferyard for development with a cumulative gross floor area of up to 50,001 square feet; or
          3. A type C bufferyard for development with a cumulative gross floor area greater than 50,000 square feet.
      4. Relationship to Other Required Buffers. The land area used for perimeter parking lot buffers may be combined with or overlap the land area required for buffers within mixed housing or mixed use developments or between zoning districts, provided that:
        1. The width and location of the perimeter landscape buffer complies with Item 3.a., above;
        2. The area within the perimeter landscape buffer is planted as required by Item 5., below; and
        3. There is sufficient area within the combined buffer for healthy growth of all of the vegetation that is required by this Section and Subsection 25.05.100.2, District Standards.
    2. Exemption from Perimeter Landscape Standards. A property proposed for development, redevelopment, or substantial improvement may be exempt from the requirements of this Item where the parking and vehicular use areas are 30 inches or more below the street elevation, measured from the immediately adjacent street surface, or below the average grade of the adjacent, abutting property. Screening is required under the following conditions:
      1. All or a portion of the parking and vehicular uses areas have an elevation that is less than 30 inches below the street elevation; or
      2. When the property proposed for development has an elevation that is less than 30 inches below the grade of the adjacent property.
    3. Tree Planting.
      1. Tree Planting Requirement. Parking lots shall be landscaped with at least one large tree (deciduous shade) for each 15 parking spaces, or portion thereof (with the quotient rounded up). Up to 50 percent of the required large trees may be replaced by small (ornamental) trees at a ratio of two small to one large tree.
      2. Location, Spacing, and Distribution.
        1. Trees shall be located and spaced to promote healthy growing habits, and distributed to provide maximum canopy coverage.
        2. For parking lots with 20 or fewer spaces, trees may be planted in the perimeter landscape buffer or in tree islands within the interior of the parking lot.
        3. For parking lots with 21 or more spaces, up to 50 percent of the required trees may be planted in the perimeter landscape buffer (see Item 2.a., above), with the remaining 50 percent of the required trees planted in tree islands within the interior of the parking lot.
        4. In general, and for the purpose of efficient snow removal and onsite storage, designs with tree islands that are larger in area and fewer in number (including islands which separate parking modules (see Subsection 25.05.040.4, Space and Module Standards) are preferred to designs with tree islands that meet minimum size requirements but are greater in number.
      3. Tree Islands.
        1. Tree islands are allowed in any parking lot, but they are required in parking lots with 21 or more spaces or two or more parking aisles, as set out in Table 25.05.09.1, Applicability of Parking Lot Landscaping Standards.
        2. In parking lots with two or more drive aisles, a tree island shall be located at the end of each row of parking spaces (endcap tree island), except at corners which are counted in the perimeter landscape buffer.
        3. The required square footage of a tree island is 162 square feet for each 15 parking spaces. Such landscape area may be arranged as a linear planting strip, a double row island, in diamond-shaped islands, or in a large contiguous island, provided the total cumulative area is available as tree islands, which are required in addition to the perimeter landscape buffers set out in Item 3.a., above. Islands measuring less than 162 square feet, but in no case less than 36 square feet, may be permitted provided the total required minimum square footage is met. Large continuous or linear planting strips must have a minimum width of 7.5 feet, measured from the back of the curb. The minimum area of a diamond-shaped island is 36 square feet. Tree islands within the interior of the parking lot may be constructed in any one or a combination of the arrangements set out in Figure 25.05.09.1, Alternative Tree Islands.
        4. All tree islands shall meet the following minimum design requirements:
          1. Islands shall be protected by a curb, which may include breaks to allow for stormwater flows into recessed landscape areas for detention and/or treatment.
          2. Tree islands shall contain an area of at least 36 square feet of permeable soil surface, which shall be planted with a ground cover and may include one large tree or two small trees.
    Figure 25.05.090.1.1
    Alternative Tree Islands

    Linear Planting Strip

    Double Row Island

    Diamonds

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.090.2 Foundation Landscaping
  • Generally. Landscaping that is planted adjacent to the foundation of a building may be used as screening, buffering between adjacent buildings on the same or different sites, shade for windows or outdoor areas, a wind or snowbreak, or as an aesthetic element of the site design. Foundation landscaping is allowed adjacent to any building, but is optional as set out in Item 2., below.
  • Applicability. The provisions of this Item are applicable to the following:
    1. Foundation Landscaping is not required, but may be used to reduce the amount of decorative materials, as shown in 25.05.090.2 Building material Reductions and Commensurate Landscaping Requirements.
  • Foundation Planting Areas. The required minimum foundation planting areas are related to the character and intensity of the applicable zoning district, as well as building scale, as set out in Table 25.05.09.2, Foundation Planting Areas.
  • Table 25.05.090.2.1
    Foundation Planting Areas
    DistrictMinimum Radius Around Building
    Front and Street SideInterior Side 
    SR, GR, UR2, SC8'8'6'
    MU2, GC, BP, PI12'12'8'
    Building ScaleMinimum Radius Around Building
    Front and Street SideSideRear
    Less than 50,000 sf.Refer to the minimum dimensions required for the applicable zoning districts (see above)
    50,001 to 100,000 sf.16'16'12'
    100,001 sf. or more20'20'16'
    TABLE NOTES:
    Where planting areas are required, they may be crossed with sidewalks to provide access to the building or buildings.
    1. Foundation landscaping is only required in the rear when abutting a drive-through lane or parking lot, as set out in Subsection 25.03.180.3, Facade Treatments.
    2. In the UR and MU districts, the required foundation landscaping may be met with tree wells, planters, and landscaped plazas.
    Table 25.05.090.2.1
    Foundation Planting Areas
    DistrictMinimum Radius Around Building
    Front and Street SideInterior Side 
    SR, GR, UR2, SC8'8'6'
    MU2, GC, BP, PI12'12'8'
    Building ScaleMinimum Radius Around Building
    Front and Street SideSideRear
    Less than 50,000 sf.Refer to the minimum dimensions required for the applicable zoning districts (see above)
    50,001 to 100,000 sf.16'16'12'
    100,001 sf. or more20'20'16'
    TABLE NOTES:
    Where planting areas are required, they may be crossed with sidewalks to provide access to the building or buildings.
    1. Foundation landscaping is only required in the rear when abutting a drive-through lane or parking lot, as set out in Subsection 25.03.180.3, Facade Treatments.
    2. In the UR and MU districts, the required foundation landscaping may be met with tree wells, planters, and landscaped plazas.
    Table 25.05.090.2.1
    Foundation Planting Areas
    DistrictMinimum Radius Around Building
    Front and Street SideInterior Side 
    SR, GR, UR2, SC8'8'6'
    MU2, GC, BP, PI12'12'8'
    Building ScaleMinimum Radius Around Building
    Front and Street SideSideRear
    Less than 50,000 sf.Refer to the minimum dimensions required for the applicable zoning districts (see above)
    50,001 to 100,000 sf.16'16'12'
    100,001 sf. or more20'20'16'
    TABLE NOTES:
    Where planting areas are required, they may be crossed with sidewalks to provide access to the building or buildings.
    1. Foundation landscaping is only required in the rear when abutting a drive-through lane or parking lot, as set out in Subsection 25.03.180.3, Facade Treatments.
    2. In the UR and MU districts, the required foundation landscaping may be met with tree wells, planters, and landscaped plazas.
    Table 25.05.090.2.1
    Foundation Planting Areas
    DistrictMinimum Radius Around Building
    Front and Street SideInterior Side 
    SR, GR, UR2, SC8'8'6'
    MU2, GC, BP, PI12'12'8'
    Building ScaleMinimum Radius Around Building
    Front and Street SideSideRear
    Less than 50,000 sf.Refer to the minimum dimensions required for the applicable zoning districts (see above)
    50,001 to 100,000 sf.16'16'12'
    100,001 sf. or more20'20'16'
    TABLE NOTES:
    Where planting areas are required, they may be crossed with sidewalks to provide access to the building or buildings.
    1. Foundation landscaping is only required in the rear when abutting a drive-through lane or parking lot, as set out in Subsection 25.03.180.3, Facade Treatments.
    2. In the UR and MU districts, the required foundation landscaping may be met with tree wells, planters, and landscaped plazas.
    1. Location. Foundation planting areas are not required in areas that are designed for vehicular access to the building, such as loading docks, service bays, and drive-through lanes on the side of the building with a service window, but shall be installed adjacent to the building foundation and between the building and parking and vehicular use areas and property lines, as set out in B., above. (See Figure 25.05.09.1, Foundation Planting Areas)
    Figure 25.05.090.2.1
    Foundation Planting Areas

    1. Planting Requirements. The foundation planting area shall be planted as follows:
      1. Front and Street Side.
        1. Foundation landscaping may be planted commensurate with a reduction in the decorative building materials required by Subsection 25.03.180.3, Facade Treatments, as set out in Item 6., below.
        2. For multiple-family development and nonresidential and mixed use development that are in the Mixed Use (MU), General Commercial (GC), Business Park (BP), and Public and Institutional (PI) districts as set out in Subsection 25.03.180.2, Application, one large tree or three small trees shall be planted within the front and street side foundation planting areas for each 30 linear feet, measured parallel to the building, or portion thereof. The small trees may be planted in groupings if an equal or a greater number of trees are used. Remaining portions of the planting area shall be planted with ground cover, which may include sod, ornamental grasses, shrubs, mulch, or perennial or seasonal plantings. As approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission, wet ponds with fountains, vegetated rain gardens, naturalized wetlands, xeriscape gardens, and/or hardscape plazas may be used in lieu of or together with the required ground cover. Sculptures, monuments, and other public art installations are encouraged, subject to City approval.
      2. Side.
        1. Along the portions of non-street facing building elevations that are constructed of decorative materials (see Subsection 25.03.180.4, Finish Materials), small trees with a mature growth of no less than 15 feet in crown height shall be planted and spaced no more than 30 feet apart, measured parallel to the building, or portion thereof.
        2. Along the portions of non-street facing building elevations that are constructed of standard or limited materials (see Subsection 25.03.180.4, Finish Materials), small trees with a mature growth of no less than 15 feet in crown height shall be planted and spaced no more than 20 feet apart, measured parallel to the building, or portion thereof.
      3. Rear. A rear planting area that is adjacent to a drive-through lane or a parking lot with a parking module width of 40 feet or more shall meet the requirements of Item 2.a. above.
    2. Commensurate Landscaping. Set out in Subsection 25.03.180.3, Facade Treatments, is the required percentages of building elevations that must be constructed of decorative materials or may be constructed of standard or limited building materials, which differ based on the exposure and visibility of the elevation. The allowed building material reductions and commensurate landscaping requirements are set out in Table 25.05.09.2.2, Building Material Reductions and Commensurate Landscaping Requirements.
    Table 25.05.090.2.2
    Building Material Reductions and Commensurate Landscaping Requirements
    Building ElevationBuilding MaterialsPercent Reduction of Decorative MaterialsRequired Landscaping Commensurate with Reduction of Decorative Materials
    Decorative1Standard or Limited1
    Sites, buildings, and centers
    Front Elevation60%40%10%2 large trees or 4 small trees,plus 15 shrubs per 30 linear feet
    Street Facing Side Elevation60%40%12%2 large trees or 6 small trees, plus 20 shrubs per 30 linear feet
    Abutting Parking Lot or Drive-Through60%40%15%2 large trees or 7 small trees, plus 20 shrubs per 30 linear feet
    Non-Street Facing Side Elevation 230% or 50' of facadeRemaining % or portion of facadeNASame as Item 5.b
    Rear Elevation 3NA100%NASame as Item 5.c
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. Refer to Subsection 25.03.180.3, Facade Treatments.
    2. No additional reduction of the required building materials is allowed.
    3. The rear elevation may be constructed of a standard building material provided the rear elevation does not front on or most directly face street right-of-way or a private street easement; or abut a drive-through lane or parking lot, as set out in Item 4. The required landscaping is for the length of building wall constructed of standard materials. It is not applicable to the length of building wall constructed of decorative materials.
    Table 25.05.090.2.2
    Building Material Reductions and Commensurate Landscaping Requirements
    Building ElevationBuilding MaterialsPercent Reduction of Decorative MaterialsRequired Landscaping Commensurate with Reduction of Decorative Materials
    Decorative1Standard or Limited1
    Sites, buildings, and centers
    Front Elevation60%40%10%2 large trees or 4 small trees,plus 15 shrubs per 30 linear feet
    Street Facing Side Elevation60%40%12%2 large trees or 6 small trees, plus 20 shrubs per 30 linear feet
    Abutting Parking Lot or Drive-Through60%40%15%2 large trees or 7 small trees, plus 20 shrubs per 30 linear feet
    Non-Street Facing Side Elevation 230% or 50' of facadeRemaining % or portion of facadeNASame as Item 5.b
    Rear Elevation 3NA100%NASame as Item 5.c
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. Refer to Subsection 25.03.180.3, Facade Treatments.
    2. No additional reduction of the required building materials is allowed.
    3. The rear elevation may be constructed of a standard building material provided the rear elevation does not front on or most directly face street right-of-way or a private street easement; or abut a drive-through lane or parking lot, as set out in Item 4. The required landscaping is for the length of building wall constructed of standard materials. It is not applicable to the length of building wall constructed of decorative materials.
    Table 25.05.090.2.2
    Building Material Reductions and Commensurate Landscaping Requirements
    Building ElevationBuilding MaterialsPercent Reduction of Decorative MaterialsRequired Landscaping Commensurate with Reduction of Decorative Materials
    Decorative1Standard or Limited1
    Sites, buildings, and centers
    Front Elevation60%40%10%2 large trees or 4 small trees,plus 15 shrubs per 30 linear feet
    Street Facing Side Elevation60%40%12%2 large trees or 6 small trees, plus 20 shrubs per 30 linear feet
    Abutting Parking Lot or Drive-Through60%40%15%2 large trees or 7 small trees, plus 20 shrubs per 30 linear feet
    Non-Street Facing Side Elevation 230% or 50' of facadeRemaining % or portion of facadeNASame as Item 5.b
    Rear Elevation 3NA100%NASame as Item 5.c
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. Refer to Subsection 25.03.180.3, Facade Treatments.
    2. No additional reduction of the required building materials is allowed.
    3. The rear elevation may be constructed of a standard building material provided the rear elevation does not front on or most directly face street right-of-way or a private street easement; or abut a drive-through lane or parking lot, as set out in Item 4. The required landscaping is for the length of building wall constructed of standard materials. It is not applicable to the length of building wall constructed of decorative materials.
    Table 25.05.090.2.2
    Building Material Reductions and Commensurate Landscaping Requirements
    Building ElevationBuilding MaterialsPercent Reduction of Decorative MaterialsRequired Landscaping Commensurate with Reduction of Decorative Materials
    Decorative1Standard or Limited1
    Sites, buildings, and centers
    Front Elevation60%40%10%2 large trees or 4 small trees,plus 15 shrubs per 30 linear feet
    Street Facing Side Elevation60%40%12%2 large trees or 6 small trees, plus 20 shrubs per 30 linear feet
    Abutting Parking Lot or Drive-Through60%40%15%2 large trees or 7 small trees, plus 20 shrubs per 30 linear feet
    Non-Street Facing Side Elevation 230% or 50' of facadeRemaining % or portion of facadeNASame as Item 5.b
    Rear Elevation 3NA100%NASame as Item 5.c
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. Refer to Subsection 25.03.180.3, Facade Treatments.
    2. No additional reduction of the required building materials is allowed.
    3. The rear elevation may be constructed of a standard building material provided the rear elevation does not front on or most directly face street right-of-way or a private street easement; or abut a drive-through lane or parking lot, as set out in Item 4. The required landscaping is for the length of building wall constructed of standard materials. It is not applicable to the length of building wall constructed of decorative materials.

    (Ord. 2019-0721; 2016-0587; 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 7/2/2016

    Subsection 25.05.100.1 Bufferyard Types
  • Generally. The bufferyards that are required by this Code are based on the amount of screening they provide, which are classified from less screening (Type A) to more screening (Type C), depending on the types and intensities of adjacent uses.
  • Bufferyard Types. There are three types of bufferyards, each of which vary in the width of the bufferyard and the numbers and types of plants that are required per 100 linear feet, or portion thereof. The minimum planting requirements for each type and composition of bufferyard are set out in Table 25.05.100.1, Bufferyard Classifications, except that perimeter landscape buffers for parking lots are set out in Subsection 25.05.090.1, Parking Lot Landscaping.
  • Composition of Bufferyards. Bufferyards may be classified as:
    1. Structural Bufferyards. Structural bufferyards are those that include a fence or wall to achieve the required level of screening or are needed or preferred for privacy or security; and
    2. Natural Bufferyards. Natural bufferyards are those that include an earthen berm and a higher density of plant materials to achieve the required level of screening.
  • Table 25.05.100.1
    Bufferyard Classifications
    Type Width Required Plantings per 100 Linear Feet (Structural/Natural) Height of Berm, Wall or Fence1
    Large Trees Evergreen Trees Small Trees Shrubs
    Type A 5 ft. 1/2 1/2 1/3 10/15 -
    Type B 10 ft. 2/3 2/3 2/6 20/30 -
    Type C 25 ft. 3/6 3/6 3/9 30/40 3 ft.
    Table Note:
    1. An earthern berm, wall, or fence is not required for natural buffers.
    1. Bufferyard Locations. Bufferyards are required in three locations, including between:
      1. Adjacent zoning districts of differing uses and their densities (residential) and intensities (nonresidential or mixed use);
      2. Housing types within mixed housing neighborhoods and traditional neighborhood development, as warranted; and
      3. Different types or intensities of uses within a mixed use development, as warranted.
    2. Composition of Bufferyards in Certain Locations.
      1. Between Districts. Structural bufferyards are the preferred composition along a district boundary that is not a street, or where there is a specific privacy or security need that requires a wall or fence.
      2. Between Mixed Housing Types and Uses. Structural or natural bufferyards may be used between mixed housing types and mixed uses within a development, depending on the use types and intensities and the desired compatibility, privacy, and/or security.
      3. Adjacent to Land Zone Agriculture (AG), Rural Residential (RR), or Suburban Residential (SR). Natural bufferyards are the preferred composition in these settings to reinforce the rural or suburban character of the adjacent district.
      4. Along Resource Features and Recreation Uses. Natural bufferyards are required along natural areas and resources and adjacent to recreation uses to act as a riparian buffer and to protect and enhance water quality and stormwater management.
    3. Exemptions. A parcel proposed for development, redevelopment, or substantial improvement may be exempt from the requirement to provide a bufferyard under the following conditions:
      1. When there is an elevation difference between two adjacent properties that is six feet or greater; or
      2. When the parcel proposed for development, redevelopment, or substantial improvement is separated from the adjacent property by a natural area that meets or exceeds the level of screening required by the applicable bufferyard.

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.100.2 Bufferyard Standards
  • Generally. Set out in Table 25.05.100.2, District Bufferyard Standards, is the classification of bufferyards that is required between zoning districts that are not separated by public street right-of-way.
  • Interpretation of the Table. The table is a matrix in which all zoning districts are grouped into categories of similar land use intensities. The rows indicate the zoning of the parcel proposed for development and the columns indicate the zoning of the adjacent property or properties. There are two letters shown for each combination of adjacent districts. The bufferyard that is required to be planted by the proposed development is listed first, with the second letter indicating the buffer that is required to be planted on the adjoining property or properties. Where "-" is found there is no bufferyard required.
  • Table 25.05.100.2
    District Bufferyard Standards
    Zoning of Parcel Proposed for Development Zoning of Adjoining District
    AG, RR, SR NC, GR UR, SC PI, GC, MU BP, GI
    AG, RR, SR -/- -/- A/B A/C A/C
    NC, GR -/- -/- B/B B/C B/C
    UR, SC B/A B/A -/- B/B B/C
    PI, GC, MU C/A C/B B/B -/- B/C
    BP, GI A/A C/B C/B C/B -/-

    Table Notes:

    1. The Downtown Commercial (DC), Casino Entertainment (CE), and Historic Area (HA) districts and sub-districts do not require bufferyards by reason of their unique character.
    Table 25.05.100.2
    District Bufferyard Standards
    Zoning of Parcel Proposed for Development Zoning of Adjoining District
    AG, RR, SR NC, GR UR, SC PI, GC, MU BP, GI
    AG, RR, SR -/- -/- A/B A/C A/C
    NC, GR -/- -/- B/B B/C B/C
    UR, SC B/A B/A -/- B/B B/C
    PI, GC, MU C/A C/B B/B -/- B/C
    BP, GI A/A C/B C/B C/B -/-

    Table Notes:

    1. The Downtown Commercial (DC), Casino Entertainment (CE), and Historic Area (HA) districts and sub-districts do not require bufferyards by reason of their unique character.
    Table 25.05.100.2
    District Bufferyard Standards
    Zoning of Parcel Proposed for Development Zoning of Adjoining District
    AG, RR, SR NC, GR UR, SC PI, GC, MU BP, GI
    AG, RR, SR -/- -/- A/B A/C A/C
    NC, GR -/- -/- B/B B/C B/C
    UR, SC B/A B/A -/- B/B B/C
    PI, GC, MU C/A C/B B/B -/- B/C
    BP, GI A/A C/B C/B C/B -/-

    Table Notes:

    1. The Downtown Commercial (DC), Casino Entertainment (CE), and Historic Area (HA) districts and sub-districts do not require bufferyards by reason of their unique character.
    Table 25.05.100.2
    District Bufferyard Standards
    Zoning of Parcel Proposed for Development Zoning of Adjoining District
    AG, RR, SR NC, GR UR, SC PI, GC, MU BP, GI
    AG, RR, SR -/- -/- A/B A/C A/C
    NC, GR -/- -/- B/B B/C B/C
    UR, SC B/A B/A -/- B/B B/C
    PI, GC, MU C/A C/B B/B -/- B/C
    BP, GI A/A C/B C/B C/B -/-

    Table Notes:

    1. The Downtown Commercial (DC), Casino Entertainment (CE), and Historic Area (HA) districts and sub-districts do not require bufferyards by reason of their unique character.
    1. Existing Adjacent Development without Bufferyards. Where the adjoining property is existing and does not have the required bufferyard, the parcel proposed for development shall provide a bufferyard of the next higher classification than the greater screening of the two bufferyards required (e.g., if the requirement is B/A, then the screening of the parcel proposed for development must install a Type C bufferyard).
    2. Relationship to Other Bufferyard Requirements. Some limited uses or conditional uses have different requirements for bufferyards, as specified in Subchapter 25.02-D, Conditional and Limited Uses. If bufferyards are required by another section of this Code along property boundaries that are also district boundaries, then the greater bufferyard requirement shall supersede the lesser one (only one bufferyard is required).
    3. Buffering Existing Residential Development. New residential development is required to provide an increase in the level of screening of a bufferyard (e.g., from Type A to Type B) when adjacent to an existing single-family detached or single-family attached residential property or development, if:
      1. The lot widths of the new development are less than 80 percent of the lot widths of the nearest lots of the existing development;
      2. The building height(s) of new development is (are) more than eight feet taller than the building height(s) of the existing property or development; or
      3. The housing type that is located on the lots that abut the existing development is of greater density than the housing type of the existing development (e.g., new townhome lots abutting existing single-family detached lots).
    4. Mixed Housing Development, Traditional Neighborhood Development, and Mixed Use Development. New development, redevelopment, or substantial improvement within a mixed housing development, a mixed use development, or a traditional neighborhood development is required to provide a bufferyard if:
      1. The lot widths of the adjacent developments vary by 20 percent or more;
      2. The building height(s) of the adjacent developments vary by two or more stories;
      3. The densities of adjacent housing types vary by 50 percent or more;
      4. A residential use in adjacent to a nonresidential use where the impacts would be a nuisance on the value and enjoyment of the resident(s); or
      5. Buffering is warranted and required by the Planning and Zoning Commission.
    5. Exemptions. See Subsection 25.05.100.1, Bufferyard Types, as to the conditions that exempt these bufferyard requirements.

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.100.3 Credits for Existing Buffer Treatments
  • Generally. Existing trees, fences, and landscape or retaining walls that meet, in part but not in whole, the bufferyard requirements set out in Subsection 25.05.100.2, Bufferyard Standards, may be counted toward the bufferyard requirements, provided that the trees are in good health and the fences or walls are structurally sound, in good repair, and of an upright condition.
  • Existing Landscaping Credit. Credit shall be given for existing trees that are located within bufferyards according to the standards of Subsection 25.05.080.3, Credit for Existing Trees.
  • Existing Fences and Walls. If a fence or wall is the preferred bufferyard and there is already a fence or landscape or retaining wall on the property line, then the City may waive the fence or wall requirement, provided that:
    1. The Administrator, or an appointee, verifies that the existing fence or wall is structurally sound, in good repair, and of an upright condition;
    2. The height and level of screening of the fence or wall meets the intent of this Division with regard to buffering;
    3. The owner records an agreement, approved as to form by the City Attorney, with the City that includes appropriate assurances that if the existing fence or wall deteriorates, or is damaged, destroyed, or removed, the owner will cause it to be repaired or replaced with a fence or wall that meets the bufferyard standards of this Division, as well as the requirements and standards of Subsection 25.03.100.3, Fences and Walls; and
    4. The owner's final plat or, if no plat is required, development approval, includes an annotation regarding the owner's responsibilities under the agreement required by 3.c., above.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.100.4 Constrained Bufferyards
  • Generally. The constrained bufferyard standards of this Item may be applied in the alternative to the application of the standards set out in Subsection 25.05.100.2, Bufferyard Standards, if, in the determination of the Administrator, their application would:
    1. Cause the open space ratio (OSR) or landscape surface ratio (LSR) of the parcel proposed for development to exceed 150 percent of the applicable requirements of this Code; or
    2. The bufferyard requirements would result in more than 15 percent of a site being used for bufferyards; or
    3. Prevent practical development of the parcel proposed for development by creating a building envelope that will not accommodate parking modules or practical building designs.
  • Reductions Permitted. Bufferyard widths may be reduced during development approval so that no more than 15 percent of the site is used for bufferyards. Bufferyards shall be reduced in the following order of priority:
    1. Type A bufferyards may be reduced from five feet in width to three feet in width, provided that one additional tree of each type is planted (e.g. two large trees, two evergreen trees, two small trees). Notwithstanding the permitted reduction, trees shall be planted so that they have a four-foot radius of permeable soil at their base.
    2. Type B bufferyards may be reduced from 10 feet in width to five feet in width, provided that a six foot high opaque fence is provided and the required number of small trees are planted (on either side of the fence) along the bufferyard.
    3. Type C bufferyards may be reduced from 25 feet to 18 feet in width, provided that they include all of the plantings that are required of a Type C bufferyard.
  • Infill Sites. With approval of the Administrator, development on an infill site may provide for the required bufferyard by substituting a solid, decorative fence, landscape or retaining wall, or earthen berm (or combination thereof) of not less than six feet in height instead of the required buffer described in Subsection 25.05.100.2, Bufferyard Standards, or Item 2., above. The fence, wall, or earthen berm shall be accompanied by evergreen trees or large evergreen shrubs of not less than six feet in height upon planting with spacing of not more than 10 feet on center for trees and not less than six feet for large evergreen shrubs to be placed on both sides of the fence or wall. Substitution of large trees may be permitted if it is demonstrated that the placement would result in equal or greater opacity as the use of evergreens.
  • Distance from Utilities. No tree shall be planted under or within 10 lateral feet of any overhead utility line.
  • Sight Distance Triangles. Trees shall not be installed in locations where there is a substantial likelihood that the mature form of the tree may be compromised in order to maintain sight distance triangles.
  • Variance. All other reductions in bufferyards shall require a variance, as set out in Subsection 25.06.090.24, Variances.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.110.1 Delineation of Open Space
  • Generally. All boundaries of open spaces, whether for resource protection, flood control, recreation, or other purposes, shall be identified as tracts on subdivision plats or as an out-lot on a site plan. Open spaces that are delineated in order to protect natural resources or to be otherwise left in a natural state shall be identified with signs at all points of public view or access, which shall be approved with the subdivision plat or site plan.
  • Identification of Open Space Area. The sign shall identify the open space area, the entity dedicating or preserving the area, and the date the area was designated for preservation.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.110.2 Use of Open Space
  • Generally. Open space is intended to provide for the protection of natural resources, steep slopes buffering of uses, recreation, flood control, detention, and passive space that is an amenity to development. The goal is for open space to be pervious. However, some uses of the open space require buildings or structures to meet the desired open space purposes. The rules of this Item govern the use of open space in the City.
  • Priorities for Open Space. Generally, open spaces shall be protected in the following order of priority (listed in descending order):
    1. Missouri River, creeks, and riparian areas;
    2. Floodways;
    3. Wetlands;
    4. Floodplains;
    5. Steep and/or unstable slopes;
    6. Ridgelines; and
    7. Mature woodlands, prairies, and wildlife habitat.
  • Open Space Configuration. Development shall be configured around common open space (including outdoor recreation and leisure areas) in a manner that supports the resource values of the open space in terms of its ecological function (e.g., habitat, water quality enhancement, energy efficiency, etc.), aesthetic contribution, recreational value, and buffering value.
    1. Enhancement of Open Space / Open Space Corridors. Open space shall be organized so as to create integrated systems that connect with dedicated school lands, parklands, other open spaces, or public lands or trails within the parcel proposed for development or on abutting property.
    2. Formal Open Spaces. Parks, plazas, greens, and other formal open spaces, when required, shall be:
      1. Situated as focal points of the development, and
      2. Visible and accessible from streets, sidewalks, and trails.
    3. Orientation of Streets. Where the geometry and orientation of the parcel proposed for development permits, streets should frame:
      1. Vistas of natural features (including distant hills and ridges); and
      2. Landmarks or other focal points within or near the development (including formal open spaces).
    4. Easements. If the development contains or abuts a publicly-owned open space, the development shall include such easements necessary to allow reasonable access to such open space, unless such access is:
      1. Unnecessary or undesirable for the proper public utilization of the natural area;
      2. Detrimental to the resource value of the publicly-owned open space; or
      3. A burden on development that is disproportionate to the impact of the development on access to such open spaces.
  • Buildings. Buildings shall be limited to those that are essential to a public use. Enclosed buildings shall be limited to those that are essential to a recreational use that requires an accessory structure. Restrooms for recreation areas are permitted.
  • Structures.
    1. Recreational structures are permitted, such as courts, swimming pools, and bridges for foot and bicycle crossing of streams. However, general recreation buildings and paved parking lots are not permitted in open space areas.
    2. Detention structures are permitted.
    3. Utilities may cross open space or use its edges.
  • Impervious Surfaces. The combination of permitted buildings and structures, if located on open space areas, shall not exceed 15 percent of the open space area.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.110.3 Ownership and Maintenance Easements
  • Ownership. Open space required by this Code shall be placed in a conservation easement and may be owned in the following ways:
    1. As common land by homeowners', property owners', or condominium associations, with a conservation easement in favor of the City and all property owners;
    2. By the landowner with a conservation easement in favor of the City;
    3. By a public agency (by dedication), provided such agency shall have the final decision to accept and the right to refuse such offers of dedication; or
    4. By a City-approved, private or non-profit organization that is capable of managing the open space with a conservation easement running in favor of the City and the owners of the rest of the property in the development.
  • Maintenance. Under any arrangement, the conservation easement shall require the maintenance of such areas as indicated on the approved plat or site plan. The City shall have the right under such conservation easements to maintain the area and place a lien on the property to recover its costs.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.120.1 Landscape Plan Approval
  • Generally. Compliance with the standards of this Division shall be demonstrated by a schematic landscape plan.
  • Contents of Schematic Landscape Plan. The landscape plan shall include the elements that are set out in this Item. The Administrator may waive elements of the landscape plan if it is determined that they are unnecessary due to the type of development approval sought, or the conditions of the site being developed, or both. The Administrator is authorized to require additional information on the landscape plan as needed to administer the requirements of this Code. The schematic landscape plan shall include all the following information:
    1. Existing and proposed topography of the site, shown at one-foot contours;
    2. Dimensions and surfacing of all easements, pedestrian walkways, and pedestrian-oriented areas (existing and proposed);
    3. Location of existing and proposed overhead and underground utilities;
    4. Dimensions, surface area, and type of planting area (e.g., bufferyard, parking lot landscaping, etc.) for each planting area;
    5. The location and quantity of trees and shrubs to be installed, which shall be drawn at three-fourths of mature size and annotated with species, common name, and size at planting;
    6. The location, quality, and size (DHB) of trees that are to be preserved on the site;
    7. The location and extent of areas of ground cover and the turf, seed, or inorganic materials to be installed or planted;
    8. Dimensions of all landscape elements, including fences, walls, earthern berms, other landscape features, and amenities, as applicable;
    9. Special landscape features for storm water detention and treatment, such as rain gardens or bioswales;
    10. Dimensions and locations of sight distance triangles; and
    11. Any credits that are requested for preserving existing trees pursuant to the standards in Subsection 25.05.080.3, Credit for Existing Trees, and Subsection 25.05.100.3, Credits for Existing Buffer Treatments.
  • Maintenance. All landscaping elements shall be maintained in good condition. Ongoing maintenance, including the replacement of dead or unhealthy plantings, is required for areas that are landscaped pursuant to an approved landscape plan.
  • Approval and Timing of Approval.
    1. Plans meeting the standards of this Code shall be approved. However, in reviewing the plans, adjustments in the location of plants may be required where the City finds such alterations would better serve the purposes for which they are intended.
    2. Landscape plans containing open spaces shall be submitted for approval at the preliminary plat application stage.
    3. Landscape plans containing bufferyards and required landscaping shall be submitted for approval at the building permit stage.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.120.2 Species and Diversity
  • Approved Plant List. A list of plants that are approved by the City for meeting the requirements of this Division is provided in Appendix A, Plant List. This list may be amended by resolution of the City Council. Plants that are neither approved nor prohibited may be planted, but do not count toward landscaping requirements unless they are added to the approved plant list.
  • Prohibited Plant List. A list of plants that are not allowed anywhere in the City is provided in Appendix A, Plant List. Prohibited plants must be removed from parcels proposed for development prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.120.3 Size and Quantity of Landscape Material
  • Generally. The size and quantity of landscape material that is installed in accordance with the requirements of this Division shall meet the standards of this Item.
  • Size and Quantity Requirements.
    1. All plant materials shall be of good quality, container grown or balled and burlapped in accordance with the most current edition of the American Standard for Nursery Stock.
    2. Large trees shall be at least 2.5 inches caliper.
    3. Small trees shall be at least two inches caliper.
    4. Evergreen trees shall be six feet tall at the time of planting.
    5. Shrubs shall be in five gallon containers at planting.
  • Additional Standards for Trees in Street Rights-of-Way. Trees that are planted in street rights-of-way shall be branched no lower than six feet above the ground (for visibility purposes).
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.120.4 Timing of Installation; Inspections
  • Completion of Landscape Improvements.
    1. Bufferyard landscaping must be complete prior to a subdivision plat being recorded, or, if no plat is required, a certificate of occupancy being issued. If this requirement would result in the installation of landscaping during adverse weather conditions, then the City may:
      1. Allow the plat to be recorded upon condition that surety (see Subsection 25.05.120.5, Surety) is provided for the installation of the required landscaping during a better time of planting; or
      2. Issue a temporary certificate of occupancy, on the condition that a permanent certificate of occupancy will not be issued unless and until the required landscaping is installed.
    2. All other landscaping must be installed before issuance of a permanent certificate of occupancy.
    3. Forfeiture of any surety shall not relieve the owner of the responsibility to complete the required landscaping.
  • Periodic Inspections. The City may inspect each site periodically after approval of a subdivision plat or issuance of the certificate of occupancy to ensure compliance with the Division.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.120.5 Surety
  • Surety Required. The applicant shall submit the bid for the landscape plan for review by the City. A bond, landscape contractor guarantee, cash escrow, irrevocable letter of credit, or other acceptable surety equal to 120 percent of the cost of implementing the landscape plan, with said estimated cost to be certified by a landscaping provider, shall be provided to ensure proper installation and maintenance of the landscaping for a period of two years from the date of installation. A contract letter or bill of sale from a landscape company or garden center for the required landscape materials may be accepted in lieu of a cash escrow or irrevocable letter of credit.
  • Forfeiture. The surety may be forfeited if the landscaping is not completed within one year after the issuance of the temporary certificate of occupancy. Forfeiture of any surety shall not relieve the owner of the responsibility to complete the required landscaping.
  • Replacement Required. The applicant shall warrant all landscaping materials for a period of two years after installation. All plant materials that die within two years from the date of installation shall be replaced by the applicant. If the applicant fails to replace the plant materials, the City may use the performance guarantee to replace dead materials.
  • Return or Release of Surety. The City shall return or release the surety after the two year period is expired upon request of the applicant and demonstrated that the landscaping that is protected by the guarantee is established and in good condition.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.160.1 Measurements
  • Generally. The regulations of this Division shall be applied using the measurements set out in this Item.
  • Setbacks. All setbacks shall be measured from the property line to the nearest edge of the sign or sign element.

  • Sign Clearance. Sign clearance is the distance between the bottom of a sign face or structural element that is not affixed to the ground and the nearest point on the surface under it. (See Figure 25.05.160.1.1, Measurement of Sign Clearance)

  • Figure 25.05.160.1.1
    Measurement of Sign Clearance
    1. Sign Height. For detached signs (temporary and permanent), sign height is:

      1. When the grade difference between the sign base and street centerline is 30 inches or less, sign height is measured from the ground level at the base to the top of the sign face or sign structure, whichever is higher.

      2. When a sign is intended for viewing from an elevated roadway, interchange overpass, bridge, or viaduct, the bottom of the sign face is measured 30 inches above the average elevation of the elevated roadway, bridge, or viaduct within a span with a distance of 30 feet in either direction from the sign face.

      3. Where the natural grade of the ground around the base of where a sign is to be located is 30 inches or more below the grade of the street centerline, the vertical distance to the top of the sign face or sign structure, whichever is higher, is measured from the elevation of the centerline of the adjacent street frontage. (See Figure 25.05.160.1.2, Measurement of Sign Height.)
      Figure 25.05.160.1.2
      Measurement of Sign Height
      1. Where the natural grade of the ground where the sign is to be located is higher than the street centerline, the vertical distance to the top of the sign face or sign structure, whichever is higher, is measured from the elevation of the average grade around the base of the sign.

    2. Items of Information. An item of information is a word, logo, mark, abbreviation, symbol, geometric shape, image, or number with 10 or fewer digits (punctuation of numbers does not increase the number of items of information). (See Figure 25.05.160.1.3, Items of Information.)

    Figure 25.05.160.1.3
    Items of Information
    The sign below has seven items of information: four words + one 10-digit number (with punctuation) + two symbols

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.160.2 Calculations
  • Generally. The calculations required by the regulations of this Division shall be according to the methodologies set out in this Item.
  • Sign Area.
    1. Single-Faced. For a sign composed of one sign face, the sign area shall be determined based on the outer dimensions of the frame surrounding the sign face, but excluding the sign structure supporting the sign unless it is part of the communication of the sign or used to differentiate it. In the case of a freestanding sign that includes blank spaces with the intention of adding wording in the future, the blank spaces shall be included in measuring the sign area. (See Figure 25.05.160.2.1, Calculating Sign Area)
    2. Individual Letters or Figures. For a sign composed of individual letters or figures, the sign area is measured by that of the smallest rectangle or other geometric shape that encompasses all the letters or symbols, including any open areas within the sign face or faces individually. (See Figure 25.05.160.2.1, Calculating Sign Area)
    3. Double-Faced. For a sign composed of two sign faces that are constructed back to back, or at less than a 60º angle to each other, the sign area shall be determined based on the outer dimensions of the frame of the larger of the two sides, but excluding the structure supporting the sign unless it is part of the communication of the sign or used to differentiate it. (See Figure 25.05.160.2.2, Calculating Double-Faced Sign Area)
    4. Double-Faced, V-Shaped Sign. For a sign composed of two sign faces that are constructed at more than a 60º angle to each other, the sign area shall be determined based on the total area of the outer dimensions of both frames surrounding both sign faces together, but excluding the structure supporting the sign unless it is part of the communication of the sign or used to differentiate it. (See Figure 25.05.160.2.2, Calculating Double-Faced Sign Area)
    5. Tri-Face Sign. For a sign composed of three sign faces, the sign area shall be determined based on the total of the outer dimensions of all three frames surrounding the sign faces, but excluding the structure supporting the sign unless it is part of the communication of the sign or used to differentiate it.
  • Figure 25.05.160.2.1
    Calculating Sign Area

    The sign area of individual letters or figures for an illustrative collection of wall signs (as shown below) is measured as the area within the smallest rectangle or other geometric shape that encloses all of the text, graphics, and formatting that differentiates them from the sign background.

    The sign area of the following signs is measured as A x B, or in the case of a multiple signs, (A x B) + (C x D) + (E x F). In the instance of a round sign, the sign area is the circumference measured by the sign radii.

    Figure 25.05.160.2.2
    Calculating Double-Faced Sign Area
    1. Signable Area. Signable area is calculated as follows:

      1. Wall Signs. The signable area of a wall sign is a two-dimensional area on the facade of a building that delineates the largest square, rectangle, or parallelogram which is free of protruding architectural details.

      2. Window Signs. The signable area of a window in the area of glass within a window frame.

      3. Other Signs. The area of the face of the sign which is designed to be used for text and graphics (the signable area does not include the sign's supporting frame or structure, if any, provided that such frame or structure is not designed to display text or graphics).

    2. Signable Area Ratio. Signable area ratio is the sign face area divided by the signable area. It is expressed as a percentage.

    3. Relationship Between Maximum Sign Area and Maximum Signable Area Ratio. Where both a maximum sign area and a maximum signable area ratio are set out in this Division, the standard that results in the least sign area applies.

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.170.1 General Design Guidelines
  • Generally. The guidelines set out in this Item address issues related to sign compatibility, legibility, placement, color, and illumination. They are intended to complement the standards of this Division and to guide design decisions so as to result in quality visual environs.
  • Compatibility. Signs that are well-designed are those that complement rather than detract from a building's architecture. Generally, all signs must be designed in a manner so as to be compatible with the building and property for which they are attached or located.
    1. Quality Design and Materials. Signs should contribute positively to the streetscape aesthetic and the character of development.
    2. Proportional Size and Scale. The scale of a sign relative to the building and other site improvements should be appropriate for the building on which it is placed and the area where it is located irrespective of the sign area allowed by this Code.
    3. Integrated Signs. Signs should be designed as an integrated element of the building whereby its materials, colors, shapes, and finishes complement the building architecture. New signs proposed for existing multi-tenant buildings should be compatible (plus/minus 10 percent) in size, scale, and type with the existing signage of other tenants.
  • Legibility. A sign that is effective in conveying its message should be designed to communicate its message clearly. To a large degree, this is accomplished by the readability of words and phrases. The most significant influence on legibility is lettering style and spacing. Legible signs tend to:
    1. Use a brief message as it is less cluttered and easier to read.
    2. Use common typefaces.
    3. Limit the number of lettering styles to no more than two for most signs.
    4. Occupy no less than 50 percent and no more than 75 percent of the sign area.
    5. Use recognizable symbols and logos.
    6. Use regular (versus irregular) shapes.
    7. Use substantially contrasting colors and materials between the background and the letters or symbols.
  • Placement. The placement of signs on buildings should be clearly visible and in logical locations where most patrons would expect to see a sign. Appropriate sign locations:
    1. Respect Building Architecture. To the extent practicable, signs should align and be compatible with the architectural details of the building’s façade.
    2. Create Visual Interest. On buildings that have a monolithic or plain façade, signs can be used to establish or continue appropriate design rhythm, scale, and proportion. Well-designed signs create visual interest, a positive image of the business and its products or services, and continuity with other storefronts on the same or adjacent properties.
    3. Place within Structural Boundaries. Signs should not project above roof lines or the edges of building walls.
    4. Mark Main Building Entries. Signs should be placed at or near the main entrance to a building or parking lot to indicate the most direct access to the business.
  • Colors. Color is an important consideration in attracting attention while at the same time clearly communicating the name and nature of the business.
    1. Use Contrasting Colors. Signs should feature substantial contrasts between the colors and materials of the background and text or symbols. Light letters on a dark background (required for illuminated signs) or dark letters on a light background are most legible.
    2. Use Complementary Colors. Sign colors should complement the materials and colors on the subject and adjacent buildings, including their accent and trim colors.
    3. Avoid Use of Too Many Colors. The most legible signs are those with a limited use of accent colors.
    4. Avoid Florescent Colors. Florescent colors are distracting and do not blend well with other background colors
  • Illumination. Well-designed signs are appropriately illuminated with careful consideration as to the type and strength of illumination.
    1. Use Illumination Only as Necessary. Not all signs warrant illumination. In fact, non-illuminated signs and window displays may be sufficient to identify many businesses, particularly those that primarily operate during daylight hours and those in well-lit areas.
    2. Use a Projected Light Source. Illumination by a projected light, such as an indirect spotlight or gooseneck down light, is preferred to internal illumination. External lighting fixtures should be small and unobtrusive and should not cast light or glare in any direction other than on the elements of the sign. Such lighting shall be carefully placed so as to provide even illumination to the signage and to avoid hot spots or dark areas on the signage.
    3. Shield the Light Source. The light source, whether internal or external, should be shielded from view or directed so that the light intensity or brightness is not objectionable to surrounding areas. Signs should feature the minimum level required for nighttime readability. Ground-mounted external flood lighting must be shielded and properly placed and directed to avoid direct visibility of the directed light to passing motorists.
    4. Illuminated Signs. Individually illuminated letters, either internally illuminated or backlit (halo lit) solid letters (reverse channel) are preferred. Signs comprised of individual letters mounted directly on a structure can often use a distinctive element of the structure’s façade as a backdrop, better integrating them with the structure.
    5. Neon Lighting. Where artistically appropriate, exposed neon tubing may be used in conjunction with other types of materials to attractively emphasize the business name and/or logo. Linear exposed neon lighting outlining the perimeters or architectural features of buildings may be permitted by the Planning and Zoning Commission provided:
      1. The lighting is limited to the front and street-side elevations;
      2. The maximum linear footage of lighting is no greater than the linear width of the building on the front and street-side elevations, measured along the foundation from corner to corner, excluding building protrusions or extensions such as covered entries, porches, or vertical relief.
    6. Sign Electrical Raceways and Conduits:
      1. Electrical transformer boxes and raceways should be concealed from public view. If a raceway cannot be mounted internally behind the finished exterior wall, the exposed metal surfaces of the raceway should be finished to match the background wall or integrated into the overall sign design.
      2. If raceways are necessary, they should be as thin and narrow as possible and should never extend in width or height beyond the area of the sign’s lettering or graphics.
  • Design Enhancements.

    1. Cosmetic Pole Covers. Instead of exposed poles, decorative cosmetic pole covers are used to enhance the quality appearance of the sign. Such covers give a more substantial profile to the sign. Pole covers may be multi-tiered or segmented and finished with a textured finish or painted in complimentary tones. For single pole signs, the pole cover must be equal to or larger than 25 percent of the width of the sign. The pole covers for each leg of double pole signs must be proportionate to the size and height of the sign. The width of both pole covers should not exceed 25 percent of the width of the sign. (See Figure 25.05.170.1.1, Illustrative Examples of Cosmetic Pole Covers)
  • Figure 25.05.170.1.1
    Illustrative Examples of Cosmetic Pole Covers
    Source: Sign Lite
      1. Architecture. An example of architectural cohesiveness is where the design of the sign and its shapes, colors, and finishes mimic or reinforce the architectural lines and distinctive features of the building or development. This creates a natural and identifiable connection between the sign and the building, which helps to reinforce the brand image. In the images below, the arched roof line element is repeated on the sign to tie their designs together. (See Figure 25.05.170.1.2, Illustrative Example of Architectural Compatibility)
    Figure 25.05.170.1.2
    Illustrative Example of Architectural Compatibility
    Source: Sign Lite
      1. Landscaping. A landscaped planting area at the base of a sign typically consists of a raised border of at least eight inches in height from the natural grade and is constructed of landscape timbers, brick, landscaping stone, or rock. The planting area should be filled with mulch or a ground cover and planted with low-growing perennials. The area of the planting area should be a minimum of 32 square feet.
      2. Organic and Natural Materials. A blend of natural materials (e.g. stone, brick, or wood), together with metals and plastic components of the sign can soften the image and make for an interesting and attractive sign. (See Figure 25.05.170.1.3, Illustrative Examples of Architectural Compatibility)
    Figure 25.05.170.1.3
    Illustrative Examples of Organic and Natural Materials
    Source: Sign Lite
      1. Earthern Berm. An earthen berm with a height of no more than two feet above natural grade beneath the base of a sign creates a pedestal that may be landscaped with low-growing ground cover or foliage.
      2. Accent Lighting. Concealed up-lighting, down-lighting, or concealed cove lighting accents on a pole cover and selected segments of a sign can create dramatic effects to an otherwise plain sign design. (See Figure 25.05.170.1.4, Illustrative Examples of Accent Lighting)
    Figure 25.05.170.1.4
    Illustrative Examples of Accent Lighting
    Source: Sign Lite
      1. Decorative Elements. Decorative elements added to the design of a sign, such as, but not limited to, decorative lamp fixtures, sconce light fixtures, wrought iron gates or scrolled embellishments, and three-dimensional elements add character to a sign while creating a memorable image for potential customers.

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.170.2 Prohibited Signs and Sign Elements
  • Generally. This Item identifies signs and sign elements that are not allowed anywhere in the City.
  • Prohibited Signs.
    1. The following signs are prohibited in all areas of the City:
      1. Animated or moving signs that are visible from public street rights-of-way, including any moving, swinging, rotating, flashing, blinking, scintillating, fluctuating, or otherwise animated light (except time and temperature signs and those as allowed in Subsection 25.05.170.6, Message Centers). These signs include pennants, ribbons, streamers, spinners, or other similarly moving devices, whether or not part of any sign.
      2. Abandoned signs.
      3. Portable signs, except as specifically permitted in Subsection 25.05.180.6Portable Signs.
      4. Signs placed on public property, except those placed by the public entity and subdivision identification monuments or subdivision entrance signs when located within the subdivision limits on property that is commonly owned and subject to covenants, conditions, and restrictions.
      5. Off-premise advertising signs that are located on building roofs or walls.
      6. Stacked off-premise advertising signs.
      7. Signs that are a traffic hazard because they simulate or imitate (in size, color, lettering, or design) any traffic sign, signal, or device or which uses the words “stop”, “look”, “drive-in”, “danger” or any other word, phrase, symbol, or character and are used in such manner as to interfere with, mislead, or confuse traffic.
      8. Any non-governmental sign that is located in, upon, or over any public right-of-way, except:
        1. Projecting signs in the Mixed Use (MU) and Downtown Commercial (DC) districts, and in the Historic Area (HA) sub-districts, as applicable;
        2. Traffic control signs installed by a governmental entity;
        3. Banners posted or approved by the City on utility or light poles;
        4. Signs constructed by the City that implement a way-finding program; and
        5. Signs affixed to the Sioux City Transit System shelters and bus benches and in accordance with this Division.
      9. Signs that obstruct any fire escape or required exit way or which obstruct the view from any window or exit in an adjacent or abutting building, as set out in Subsection 25.05.170.3, Unsafe and Prohibited Signs.
      10. Signs attached in any form, shape, or manner which will interfere with any opening required for ventilation, except that such a sign may be erected in front of and may cover transom windows when not in violation of the provisions of the building or fire codes.
      11. Signs that have flashing, blinking, changing, or fluttering lights or other similar illuminating devices that are within structures but are clearly visible from outside the building.
      12. Signs that violate the solar access easements of adjacent properties.
      13. Signs with more than three sign faces.
      14. Signs that violate City, County, State, or Federal laws.
      15. Signs not expressly allowed by these regulations.
    2. Other signs may be prohibited in certain districts.
  • Prohibited Sign Materials. Paper and cloth signs are not suitable and shall not be used for exterior use (except high quality, weather-resistant cloth for awnings). Wood signs must be sealed and maintained to keep moisture from deteriorating the sign. Signs may not be constructed of plywood or particle board, by simply painting letters on wood, or using “sticker” letters. Commercial grade vinyl letters applied onto glass may be permissible.
  • Prohibited Sign Colors. Iridescent colors are prohibited.
  • Prohibited Design Elements.
    1. The following elements shall not be used as an element of signs or sign structures, whether temporary or permanent:
      1. Sound, smoke, or odor emitters.
      2. Stacked products (e.g., tires, soft drink cases, bagged soil or mulch).
      3. Unfinished wood support structures, except that stake signs may use unfinished stakes.
    2. The following elements shall not be used as an element of signs or sign structures, whether temporary or permanent, which are visible from public street rights-of-way:
      1. Flags, banners, or comparable elements that are designed to move in the wind, but only when such elements are attached to another sign type (e.g., flags may be attached to flagpoles, but may not be attached to monument signs).
      2. Spinning or moving parts, unless used in the restoration or reproduction of nostalgic historical displays of a past era (in Sioux City).
      3. Flashing lights, except on holiday displays which are exempted from regulation by Section 25.05.140, Application; Item 3, Signs That Do Not Require a Sign Permit., or used in the restoration or reproduction of nostalgic historical displays of a past era (in Sioux City).
      4. Motor vehicles, unless:
        1. The vehicles are functional, used as motor vehicles, and have current registration and tags; and
        2. The display of signage is incidental to the motor vehicle use. (See Figure 25.05.170.2, Vehicle Signs)
      5. Semi-trailers, shipping containers, or portable storage units, unless:
        1. The trailers, containers, or portable storage units are functional, used for their primary storage purpose, and, if subject to registration, have current registration and tags;
        2. The display of signage is incidental to the use for temporary storage, pick-up, or delivery; and
        3. The semi-trailer is parked in a designated loading area or on a construction site at which it is being used for deliveries or storage.
  • Figure 25.05.170.2
    Vehicle Signs
    1. Prohibited Content.
      1. The following content is prohibited without reference to the viewpoint of the individual speaker:
        1. Text or graphics of an indecent or immoral nature and harmful to minors;
        2. Text or graphics that advertise unlawful activity;
        3. Text or graphics that are obscene, fighting words, defamation, incitement to imminent lawless action, or true threats; or
        4. Text or graphics that present a clear and present danger due to their potential confusion with traffic control signs or signs that provide public safety information (for example, signs that use the words "Stop," "Yield," "Caution," or "Danger," or comparable words, phrases, symbols, or characters in such a manner as to imply a safety hazard that does not exist).
      2. The narrow classifications of content that are prohibited by this Item are either not protected by the United States or Iowa Constitutions, or are offered limited protection that is outweighed by the substantial governmental interests in protecting the public safety and welfare. It is the intent of the City Council that each paragraph of this Item be individually severable in the event that a court of competent jurisdiction is to hold one or more of them to be inconsistent with the United States or Iowa Constitutions.

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.170.3 Unsafe and Prohibited Signs
  • GenerallyAttached signs shall be installed on signable areas of buildings, as defined by Subsection 25.05.160.2CalculationsDetached signs shall be set back as required by Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs. Signs that are in violation of this Item are subject to immediate removal, as set out in Item 6, below.
  • Unsafe Signs. If the Administrator, or a designee, finds that a sign regulated by this Division is an immediate peril to persons or property, the Administrator shall cause it to be removed summarily and without notice. Signs determined to be unsafe, insecure, or a menace to the public shall be removed within five calendar days after written notification is provided to the owner or occupant of the building or property. Removal of an unsafe sign by the Administrator, or a designee, shall be at the expense of the owner of the sign or the owner of the property on which the sign is located.
  • Prohibited Obstructions. In no event shall a sign, whether temporary or permanent, obstruct:
    1. Features of the building or site that are necessary for public safety, including standpipes and fire hydrants; or
    2. Be erected where, by reason of the position, shape, or color, it interferes with or obstructs the view of a sight distance triangle.
  • Prohibited Mounts. No (snipe) sign shall be placed on public property, whether temporary or permanent, or shall be posted, installed, or mounted on any of the following locations:
    1. On trees, shrubs, or landscaping of any type.
    2. On utility poles or light poles.
    3. On utility cabinets, except signs posted by the utility that are necessary for public safety or identification of the facility by the utility provider.
  • Prohibited Locations. In addition to the setback requirements set out in Section 25.05.180, Permanent and Temporary Signs, and other restrictions of this Division, no sign shall be located in any of the following:
    1. In locations that have less horizontal or vertical clearance from authorized communication or energized electrical power lines than that prescribed by the laws of the State of Iowa and the regulations duly promulgated by agencies thereof. (See Subsection 25.05.170.8, Construction Standards)
    2. Within easements for overhead utilities (placement in other utility easements is allowed only if approved by the utility service provider and if the other applicable requirements of this Code are met).
  • Removal of Prohibited Signs. Except for signs that constitute a safety hazard, persons having a prohibited sign shall be notified by certified mail, return receipt requested, and informed of their right, within two business days of the time of receipt of the certified notice, to schedule a meeting with the Administrator, or designee, to discuss the prohibited sign and the procedures for conforming with the regulations set out in this Division. Failure by the owner of the prohibited sign to appear at the scheduled meeting shall not be reason for delaying removal of the prohibited sign. After proper notice, prohibited signs shall be removed within 10 calendar days of the time of receipt of the certified notice.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.170.4 Items of Information
    No sign face shall contain more than 20 items of information. Items of information are measured as provided in Subsection 25.05.160.1, Measurements.

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.170.5 Illumination of Signs
  • Generally.
    1. Signs shall be indirectly illuminated or, if directly illuminated, the source of illumination shall be shielded from public view.
    2. No artificial light, of whatever type or nature, used in conjunction with the lighting of any sign shall be constructed as to direct or reflect any artificial light onto any structure or to constitute a hazard to the safe and efficient operation of vehicles upon a street or highway.
    3. No sign lighted by any type of indirect lighting shall have any such lighting which exceeds 1,600 milliamps rated capacity, nor shall any sign lighted by neon or similar material have such neon or similar material which exceeds 300 milliamps rated capacity.
  • Color. Illumination shall be in white light only.
  • Electrical Service. When electrical service is provided to a sign, all such electrical service shall be permanently installed in accordance with the City's adopted electrical code, as amended from time to time, and shall be placed underground. In special circumstances, when underground electrical service is impractical, above-ground electrical service may be approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission only upon a favorable recommendation of the Administrator.
  • Optical Sensor. All message center signs that are directly illuminated shall include a sensor or other device that automatically determines the ambient illumination and is programmed to automatically dim according to ambient light conditions, or that can be adjusted to comply with the footcandle requirement set out in Item 6, below.
  • Sign Illumination. Signs shall not exceed 0.3 footcandles over ambient light conditions.
  • (Ord2015-0433; 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 6/13/2015

    Subsection 25.05.170.6 Message Centers and Changeable Copy Signs
  • Generally. Changeable copy signs and electronic message centers may be used as part of monument, pylon, or pole signs, and marquee signs to a limited degree, pursuant to the standards of this Item.
  • Message Centers. Message centers may be incorporated into signage as follows:
  • Figure 25.05.170.6.1
    Message Center Design Requirements


      1. Design Requirements. (See Figure 25.05.170.6.1, Message Center Design Requirements)
        1. Message centers are only permitted as an integral element of a monument sign, pole sign, pylon sign, or marquee sign, which enclose the message center component on all sides with a finish of brick, stone, stucco, powder coated (or comparably finished) metal, or the surface of the sign face
        2. Message centers shall make up not more than 50 percent of the sign area of a monument sign, pole sign, or pylon sign, and not more than 75 percent of the sign area of a marquee sign. The balance of the sign area shall utilize permanent, dimensional letters or symbols.
        3. No sign structure that includes a changeable copy sign may also include a message center.
      2. Operational Requirements. Message centers:
        1. Are prohibited in the Historic 4th Street (HA-4) and Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-districts, with the exception of those on marquee signs; and
        2. Are prohibited in the Agriculture (AG), Rural Residential (RR), Suburban Residential (SR), General Residential (GR), and Urban Residential (UR) district; in the NC.1, NC.2, and NC.3 sub-districts; and the HA-N sub-district, except message centers may be permitted:
          1. As part of a conditionally permitted use (requiring a new application for an existing conditional use) in the Urban Residential (UR) and Suburban Commercial (SC) districts, as set out in the tables in Subchapter 25.02-C, Land Uses; and
          2. With approval of a conditional use permit for public, institutional, nonresidential, or mixed uses that exist as of the effective date of this Code in the Suburban Residential (SR) and General Residential (GR) districts, or in the NC.4 or NC.5 sub-districts, subject to the standards of this Division; and
        3. Shall not be permitted if there is a nonconforming message center, owned by the same person, firm, or corporation, within 1,320 feet of the proposed location, unless the nonconforming sign becomes conforming.
        4. Shall only include one message center per sign.
      3. Standards.
        1. Display. Message centers shall:
          1. Contain a static message that may only be monochrome, variable shades, or full color.
          2. Contain a default design that will freeze the sign in one position with no more illumination than 0.3 footcandles above ambient light if a malfunction occurs.
          3. Display messages for a period of not less than two seconds and use transitions or frame effects must be accomplished within an interval of two seconds or less.
          4. Not include audio, pyrotechnic, or bluecasting (bluetooth advertising) components.
        2. Lighting. Message centers shall:
          1. Not exceed 0.3 footcandles above ambient light when measured from a specified distance. This measurement calculates the illumination of the sign and incorporates a scientific formula to ensure consistency of the measurement when applied to electronic message centers of varying sizes and resolutions. The instrument to measure the illuminance of electronic message centers shall be an illuminance meter more commonly referred to as a lux or footcandle meter. The illuminance meter must have the ability to provide a reading up to two decimal places and must be set to read footcandles. The method to calculate the appropriate distance from which the illuminance shall be measured is the square root of the area of the message center times 100.
          2. Be equipped with a sensor or other device that automatically determines the ambient illumination and is programmed to automatically dim according to ambient light conditions, or that can be adjusted to comply with a maximum illumination of 0.3 footcandle over ambient light conditions.
        3. Spacing. Message centers shall have a minimum spacing of:
          1. 50 feet between the message center and the property line of any residential use or district set out in Subchapter 25.02-C, Land Uses. Such message centers shall comply with the standards set out in Subsection 25.05.200.2, Residential Areas. The distance shall be calculated as the shortest measurable distance between the nearest point of the sign to the edge of the residential property line or district or to the property line of an institutional use.
          2. 400 feet between message centers on the same property, with a maximum of no more than two message centers per any street frontage. The distance shall be calculated as the shortest measurable distance between the nearest points of the signs.
          3. 25 feet between a message center and an existing building. The distance shall be calculated as the shortest measurable distance between the nearest point of the sign or sign element and the nearest point of the existing building.
    1. Changeable Copy Signs. Changeable copy signs may be incorporated into signage as follows:
      1. Design Requirements.
        1. Changeable copy signs are only permitted as an integral element of a monument, pylon, pole or marquee signs, which enclose the changeable copy area on all sides with a finish of brick, stone, stucco, powder coated (or comparably finished) metal, or the surface of the sign face. The enclosure shall extend not less than six inches from the changeable copy area in all directions. Gaps between the changeable copy area and the surround are permitted to accommodate locks and hinges for a cover for the changeable copy area, but only to the extent necessary for such locks and hinges to operate.
        2. Changeable copy signs, including their frames, shall make up not more than 50 percent of the sign area of a monument sign, pole sign, or pylon sign, and not more than 75 percent of the sign area of a marquee sign. The balance of the sign area shall utilize permanently affixed letters or symbols. See Figure 25.05.170.6.b, Manual Changeable Copy Signs and Inserts.
      2. Lettering of changeable copy signs shall be of a single style and shall be of uniform color and size.
      3. Manual changeable copy signs shall not be internally lit unless:
        1. They use opaque inserts with translucent letters, numbers, or symbols (see Figure 25.05.170.6.2, Manual Changeable Copy Centers and Inserts);
        2. Blank or dark opaque inserts that are the same color as the opaque portions of the letters, numbers, and symbols are used over all areas of the sign where copy is not present; and
        3. The opaque portion of the letters, numbers, and symbols is the same color.
    Figure 25.05.170.6.2
    Changeable Copy Signs and Inserts

    Message centers and changeable copy signs may be internally lit if they use opaque inserts with translucent letters, numbers, or symbols, as displayed by "A" below. These signs shall not be internally lit if they use clear or translucent inserts with opaque or translucent letters, numbers, or symbols, as displayed by "B" below.

    (Ord. 2016-0866; 2015-0215; 2021-0460)

    Effective on: 5/22/2021

    Subsection 25.05.170.7 Wall Signs
  • Districts Allowed. Painted wall signs and directional wall signs are allowed in the districts set out in Subsection 25.05.180.2, Attached Signs, subject to the issuance of a sign permit. Denial of sign permit by the Administrator shall be handled as an administrative appeal to the Board of Adjustment, as set out in Subsection 25.06.090.20, Administrative Appeals.
  • Required Permit Findings. The sign:
    1. Shall conform to all regulations of this Code;
    2. Will not interfere with the reasonable peace and enjoyment of their neighboring properties;
    3. Will not substantially detract from the aesthetic value of the neighborhood;
    4. Is consistent with sound planning of the City’s growth in terms of health, safety, and convenience within the neighborhood and any affected vicinity; and
    5. Promotes economic conditions or public welfare within the City.
  • Directional Wall Sign Criteria. A painted directional wall sign shall meet the following criteria:
    1. The sign must give directions to a service or amenity of a business located within the structure’s wall on which the sign is painted.
    2. The sign is no larger than reasonably necessary to be read by the persons who will benefit from the directional sign.
    3. Sign letters are no larger than reasonably necessary to be read by the persons who will benefit from the information.
    4. The sign must be located on the lower one-half of the wall surface; and
    5. Persons applying for a painted directional wall sign are encouraged to utilize prefabricated or manufactured directional signs, which are exempt from the permitting requirements as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
  • Application Requirements. A drawing of the sign proportionate to the wall surface shall be provided with the application. Persons having an ownership interest in the structure to which the sign is to be attached are exempt from the licensing requirements set out in Section 25.05.150, Administration, and may paint the approved wall sign on the structure. If the painted wall sign is deemed by the Administrator, or a designee, to be inconsistent with the approved drawing submitted as a part of the application, the applicant shall be required to remove the sign. A licensed sign painter shall be required for any re-application of a painted wall sign as set out in Section 25.05.150, Administration.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.170.8 Construction Standards
  • General Regulations.
    1. All signs and their locations shall comply with the provisions of the City's building code, the National Electrical Code (NEC), as amended and adopted by the City, and additional standards set out in this Code and other ordinances of the City.
    2. All on-premise advertising signs erected or remodeled after the effective date of this Code shall bear a permanent, legible identification plate containing a sign permit number and stating the name and address of the person, firm, or corporation responsible for the construction and erection of the sign.
    3. All off-premises advertising signs erected or remodeled after the effective date of this Code shall bear a permanent, legible identification plate containing a sign permit number and stating the name of the owner of the sign or corporation responsible for its construction or erection.
    4. All signs shall maintain clearances from overhead electrical connectors as follows:
      1. Under 600 volt, insulated = three feet;
      2. Under 600 volt, bare = five feet;
      3. 601 volt to 2,500 volt = five feet;
      4. 2,501 volt to 9,000 volt = six feet;
      5. 9,001 volt to 25,000 volt = nine feet;
      6. 25,001 volt to 75 kilovolt (KV) = 10 feet; and
      7. Above 75 kilovolt (KV) = 12 feet.
    5. Signs shall not be suspended by chains or other devices that will allow the sign to swing, due to wind action. Signs shall be anchored to prevent any lateral movement that could cause wear on supporting members or connections.
    6. Supports and braces shall be an integral part of the sign design. Angle irons, chains, or wires used for supports or braces shall be hidden from public view to the extent technically feasible.
    7. Any advertising signs erected or maintained on any freestanding sign structure other than the principle sign for which the structure was designed must be compatible with the original design and meet all other requirements of this Division.
    8. Freestanding signs shall be self-supporting structures and be permanently attached to sufficient foundations.
    9. Attached signs must derive their principle and total support from the building to which they are attached.
    10. All signs shall be constructed to withstand wind loads of 30 pounds per square foot on the largest face of the sign and structure and considering the height of the sign above grade.
    11. All off-premises advertising signs shall be constructed on steel supports. All off-premises advertising signs on wood supports are subject to the amortization schedule as provided in Subsection 25.06.120.5, Nonconforming Signs.
    12. After any sign requiring a permit is constructed or erected, the sign contractor performing the work or service shall notify the Inspection Services Division for final inspection of the sign.
  • Electrical Standards.
    1. Electrical service to freestanding, on-premise advertising signs shall be concealed to the maximum extent practicable.
    2. Electrical signs shall be marked with input amperes at full load.
    3. Each illuminated and/or electrical sign shall bear a label or certification visible from the ground, from the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL), or any other approved independent electrical inspection agency qualified to make such certification.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.170.9 Sign Maintenance
  • 1.
    Generally. Signs and sign structures of all types (attached, freestanding, and temporary) shall be maintained in a safe, representable, and good structural condition at all times, including replacement of defective parts (except when a weathered or natural surface is intended), repainting, cleaning, and other acts required for the maintenance of such sign.
  • 2.
    Authority. The Administrator, or designee, shall have the authority to inspect and order the painting, repair, alteration, or removal of a sign that constitutes a hazard to the safety, health, or public welfare by reason of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, or obsolescence. Such repair or removal shall be at the expense of the owner of the sign or the owner of the property upon which the sign is located. Such process shall be as set out in Subsection 25.05.170.3, Unsafe and Prohibited Signs, Item 6, Removal of Prohibited Signs.
  • 3.
    Code Compliance. All signs shall be constructed and installed in accordance with applicable provisions of this Code, as well as all of codes adopted by the City.
  • 4.
    Message. Signs shall display a message. A sign that meets the definition of “abandoned sign” for a continuous period of six (6) months shall be removed by the owner within 30 days of the expiration of the six (6) month time period. Removal shall include the sign face, along with all the supporting structure.
  • 5.
    Materials. The material(s) of the sign face shall be maintained in a condition that is not broken, cracked, chipped, torn, discolored, or excessively weathered whereby the sign is unsightly or difficult to read.
  • 6.
    Paint and Finishes. Paint and other finishes shall be maintained in good condition. Peeling finishes shall be repaired. Signs with running colors shall be repainted, repaired, or removed if the running colors were not a part of the original design.
  • 7.
    Mineral Deposits and Stains. Mineral deposits and stains shall be promptly removed.
  • 8.
    Corrosion and Rust. Permanent signs and sign structures shall be finished and maintained to prevent corrosion and rust. A patina on copper elements is not considered rust.
  • 9.
    Ground Area. The ground area around any freestanding (detached) sign shall be kept free and clean of weeds, trash, and other debris.
  • 10.
    Level Position. Signs that are designed to be level, whether temporary or permanent, shall be installed and maintained in a level position.
  • (Ord. 2024-0286, 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.180.1 Sign Types by District
  • Allowable Sign Types. The tables in this Section list the applicable sign types in rows, organized by category for attached signs, freestanding signs, temporary, and portable signs. The zoning districts are arranged in columns. Where rows and columns intersect, a letter indicates if the sign is allowed, limited, conditional, or prohibited in the district.
  • Interpretation. The table in this Section uses the following symbols:
    1. "A" means that the sign type is Allowed in the applicable districts. Permanent attached and freestanding signs (excluding temporary and portable signs) require a sign permit, which an application is submitted to and considered and approved by the Administrator, or a designee.
    2. "L" means that the sign type is Limited, meaning that it is allowed in the applicable district, subject to the standards and requirements set out in Section 25.05.140, Application; Item 3, Signs That Do Not Require a Sign Permit; Subsection 25.05.180.5, Temporary Signs; or 25.05.180.6, Portable Signs. In the determination of the Administrator, signs that do not meet the standards and requirements of these Items require conditional approval by the Planning and Zoning Commission prior to the issuance of a sign permit.
    3. "C" means that the sign type is Conditional, meaning that the sign type:
      1. Is only allowed for conditionally permitted uses within the applicable districts (including each of the Neighborhood Conservation sub-districts), as set out in and designated as a conditional use ("C") the tables in Subchapter 25.02-C, Land Uses;
      2. May be allowed for existing public, institutional, nonresidential, and mixed uses that existed on the effective date of this Code within the Rural Residential (RR), Suburban Residential (SR), General Residential (GR) and Urban Residential (UR) districts, as well as the NC.4 and NC.5 Neighborhood Conservation (NC) sub-districts, with the approval of a conditional sign permit, which is processed consistent with the requirements for a conditional use permit, as applicable, as set out in Subsection 25.06.090.7, Conditional Use Permit.
      3. May be allowed for certain sign types in certain districts, with a conditional sign permit; or
      4. Is otherwise prohibited.
    4. "P" means that the sign type is Prohibited in the applicable zoning district.
  • Signs In, Abutting, or Adjacent to Residential Districts and Uses. Refer to Subsection 25.05.200.2, Residential Areas, for standards and restrictions on the types and design of signs for land uses that are within, abutting, or adjacent to residential districts, including the Neighborhood Conservation (NC) sub-districts, and residential uses.
  • Multi-Tenant Structures, Shopping Centers, and Malls. Refer to Subsection 25.05.190.1, Sign Design Program Alternative, for additional signage allowed for these uses.
  • Table 25.05.180.1
    Sign Types by District
    Sign TypeStandards ReferenceZoning Districts
    AgricultureResidentialMixed UseNonresidentialOverlay and SpecialHistoric
    AGRRSRGRURMUSCGCDCBPGIAPCEPIHA-4HA-PHA-N
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. One duly adopted flag of the nation, state, county, or City may be flown on a property provided the flag is attached to a permanent flagpole or a flagpole that is mounted to a principal building and provided the flag does not encroach into public right- of-way, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    2. Incidental signs include those that are affixed to machines, equipment, fences, gates, walls, gasoline pumps, or utility cabinets, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    3. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 25.05.180.4, Off-Premise Signs.
    4. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 25.05.180.5, Temporary Signs.
    5. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 25.05.180.6, Portable Signs.
    Attached Signs
    Arcade Sign-PCCCCAAAAAA AAAAC
    Awning or Canopy Sign-PCCCAAAAAAAAAAAC
    Decorative Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Festoon§ 25.05.170.2PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Flag§ 25.05.140L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1
    Home Occupation Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLPPPPPPLLL
    Incidental Sign2§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Integral Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Interior Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Marquee-PPPPPAPAAPPAAAAP
    Mural§ 25.05.140PPPPPLLLLPPLLLLP
    Parapet Sign-CCCCAAAAAAAAAAAC
    Projecting Sign-PPPPPAAAAPPAAAAP
    Roof Sign-PPPPPAPAAAAPPPPP
    Swinging Sign§ 25.05.170.2PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Wall Sign-ACCCCAAAAAAAAAAC
    Window Sign PCCCCAAAAAAAAAAP
    Freestanding Signs
    Carried Sign§ 25.05.140PPPPPLLLPPP LLPPP
    Changeable Copy Sign§ 25.05.170.6CCCCAAPAPPPPAPPP
    Directional / Information Sign-CCCCAAAAAAAAAAAP
    Directory Sign-CCCCCAAAAAAAAAAP
    Message Center§ 25.05.170.6PPPPPAAAAAAAAPPP
    Monument Sign-CCCCAAAAAAAAAPPC
    Official Sign / Notice§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Off-Premise Advertising Sign3§ 25.05.180.4PPPPPCCLPLLPPPPP
    Pole Sign-PCCCCAAAPAAAACCC
    Public Sign-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
    Pylon Sign-PCCCCAAAPAAAACCC
    Subdivision Entrance Sign§ 25.05.140PLLLLPPPPPPPPPPL
    Swinging Sign§ 25.05.170.2PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Time and Temperature Sign-PCCCCAAAAAAAAAAC
    Temporary Signs
    Interim Sign 4§ 25.05.180.5ACCCCLLLLLL LLLLC
    Business Establishment Sign 4§ 25.05.180.5CCCCCLLLLLLLLLLC
    Promotional Sign, Commercial 4§ 25.05.180.5LCCCCLLLLLLLLLLC
    Promotional Sign, Non-Commercial 4§ 25.05.180.5LCCCCLLLLLLLLLLC
    Snipe Sign4§ 25.05.180.5PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Portable Signs
    Portable Sign, Generally 5§ 25.05.180.6LLLLLLLLLLL LLLLL
    Election Sign 5§ 25.05.180.6LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Sandwich Board Sign 5§ 25.05.180.6PCCCCLLLLLLLLLLL
    Table 25.05.180.1
    Sign Types by District
    Sign TypeStandards ReferenceZoning Districts
    AgricultureResidentialMixed UseNonresidentialOverlay and SpecialHistoric
    AGRRSRGRURMUSCGCDCBPGIAPCEPIHA-4HA-PHA-N
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. One duly adopted flag of the nation, state, county, or City may be flown on a property provided the flag is attached to a permanent flagpole or a flagpole that is mounted to a principal building and provided the flag does not encroach into public right- of-way, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    2. Incidental signs include those that are affixed to machines, equipment, fences, gates, walls, gasoline pumps, or utility cabinets, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    3. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 25.05.180.4, Off-Premise Signs.
    4. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 25.05.180.5, Temporary Signs.
    5. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 25.05.180.6, Portable Signs.
    Attached Signs
    Arcade Sign-PCCCCAAAAAA AAAAC
    Awning or Canopy Sign-PCCCAAAAAAAAAAAC
    Decorative Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Festoon§ 25.05.170.2PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Flag§ 25.05.140L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1
    Home Occupation Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLPPPPPPLLL
    Incidental Sign2§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Integral Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Interior Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Marquee-PPPPPAPAAPPAAAAP
    Mural§ 25.05.140PPPPPLLLLPPLLLLP
    Parapet Sign-CCCCAAAAAAAAAAAC
    Projecting Sign-PPPPPAAAAPPAAAAP
    Roof Sign-PPPPPAPAAAAPPPPP
    Swinging Sign§ 25.05.170.2PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Wall Sign-ACCCCAAAAAAAAAAC
    Window Sign PCCCCAAAAAAAAAAP
    Freestanding Signs
    Carried Sign§ 25.05.140PPPPPLLLPPP LLPPP
    Changeable Copy Sign§ 25.05.170.6CCCCAAPAPPPPAPPP
    Directional / Information Sign-CCCCAAAAAAAAAAAP
    Directory Sign-CCCCCAAAAAAAAAAP
    Message Center§ 25.05.170.6PPPPPAAAAAAAAPPP
    Monument Sign-CCCCAAAAAAAAAPPC
    Official Sign / Notice§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Off-Premise Advertising Sign3§ 25.05.180.4PPPPPCCLPLLPPPPP
    Pole Sign-PCCCCAAAPAAAACCC
    Public Sign-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
    Pylon Sign-PCCCCAAAPAAAACCC
    Subdivision Entrance Sign§ 25.05.140PLLLLPPPPPPPPPPL
    Swinging Sign§ 25.05.170.2PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Time and Temperature Sign-PCCCCAAAAAAAAAAC
    Temporary Signs
    Interim Sign 4§ 25.05.180.5ACCCCLLLLLL LLLLC
    Business Establishment Sign 4§ 25.05.180.5CCCCCLLLLLLLLLLC
    Promotional Sign, Commercial 4§ 25.05.180.5LCCCCLLLLLLLLLLC
    Promotional Sign, Non-Commercial 4§ 25.05.180.5LCCCCLLLLLLLLLLC
    Snipe Sign4§ 25.05.180.5PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Portable Signs
    Portable Sign, Generally 5§ 25.05.180.6LLLLLLLLLLL LLLLL
    Election Sign 5§ 25.05.180.6LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Sandwich Board Sign 5§ 25.05.180.6PCCCCLLLLLLLLLLL
    Table 25.05.180.1
    Sign Types by District
    Sign TypeStandards ReferenceZoning Districts
    AgricultureResidentialMixed UseNonresidentialOverlay and SpecialHistoric
    AGRRSRGRURMUSCGCDCBPGIAPCEPIHA-4HA-PHA-N
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. One duly adopted flag of the nation, state, county, or City may be flown on a property provided the flag is attached to a permanent flagpole or a flagpole that is mounted to a principal building and provided the flag does not encroach into public right- of-way, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    2. Incidental signs include those that are affixed to machines, equipment, fences, gates, walls, gasoline pumps, or utility cabinets, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    3. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 25.05.180.4, Off-Premise Signs.
    4. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 25.05.180.5, Temporary Signs.
    5. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 25.05.180.6, Portable Signs.
    Attached Signs
    Arcade Sign-PCCCCAAAAAA AAAAC
    Awning or Canopy Sign-PCCCAAAAAAAAAAAC
    Decorative Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Festoon§ 25.05.170.2PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Flag§ 25.05.140L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1
    Home Occupation Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLPPPPPPLLL
    Incidental Sign2§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Integral Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Interior Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Marquee-PPPPPAPAAPPAAAAP
    Mural§ 25.05.140PPPPPLLLLPPLLLLP
    Parapet Sign-CCCCAAAAAAAAAAAC
    Projecting Sign-PPPPPAAAAPPAAAAP
    Roof Sign-PPPPPAPAAAAPPPPP
    Swinging Sign§ 25.05.170.2PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Wall Sign-ACCCCAAAAAAAAAAC
    Window Sign PCCCCAAAAAAAAAAP
    Freestanding Signs
    Carried Sign§ 25.05.140PPPPPLLLPPP LLPPP
    Changeable Copy Sign§ 25.05.170.6CCCCAAPAPPPPAPPP
    Directional / Information Sign-CCCCAAAAAAAAAAAP
    Directory Sign-CCCCCAAAAAAAAAAP
    Message Center§ 25.05.170.6PPPPPAAAAAAAAPPP
    Monument Sign-CCCCAAAAAAAAAPPC
    Official Sign / Notice§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Off-Premise Advertising Sign3§ 25.05.180.4PPPPPCCLPLLPPPPP
    Pole Sign-PCCCCAAAPAAAACCC
    Public Sign-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
    Pylon Sign-PCCCCAAAPAAAACCC
    Subdivision Entrance Sign§ 25.05.140PLLLLPPPPPPPPPPL
    Swinging Sign§ 25.05.170.2PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Time and Temperature Sign-PCCCCAAAAAAAAAAC
    Temporary Signs
    Interim Sign 4§ 25.05.180.5ACCCCLLLLLL LLLLC
    Business Establishment Sign 4§ 25.05.180.5CCCCCLLLLLLLLLLC
    Promotional Sign, Commercial 4§ 25.05.180.5LCCCCLLLLLLLLLLC
    Promotional Sign, Non-Commercial 4§ 25.05.180.5LCCCCLLLLLLLLLLC
    Snipe Sign4§ 25.05.180.5PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Portable Signs
    Portable Sign, Generally 5§ 25.05.180.6LLLLLLLLLLL LLLLL
    Election Sign 5§ 25.05.180.6LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Sandwich Board Sign 5§ 25.05.180.6PCCCCLLLLLLLLLLL
    Table 25.05.180.1
    Sign Types by District
    Sign TypeStandards ReferenceZoning Districts
    AgricultureResidentialMixed UseNonresidentialOverlay and SpecialHistoric
    AGRRSRGRURMUSCGCDCBPGIAPCEPIHA-4HA-PHA-N
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. One duly adopted flag of the nation, state, county, or City may be flown on a property provided the flag is attached to a permanent flagpole or a flagpole that is mounted to a principal building and provided the flag does not encroach into public right- of-way, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    2. Incidental signs include those that are affixed to machines, equipment, fences, gates, walls, gasoline pumps, or utility cabinets, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    3. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 25.05.180.4, Off-Premise Signs.
    4. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 25.05.180.5, Temporary Signs.
    5. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 25.05.180.6, Portable Signs.
    Attached Signs
    Arcade Sign-PCCCCAAAAAA AAAAC
    Awning or Canopy Sign-PCCCAAAAAAAAAAAC
    Decorative Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Festoon§ 25.05.170.2PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Flag§ 25.05.140L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1L1
    Home Occupation Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLPPPPPPLLL
    Incidental Sign2§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Integral Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Interior Sign§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Marquee-PPPPPAPAAPPAAAAP
    Mural§ 25.05.140PPPPPLLLLPPLLLLP
    Parapet Sign-CCCCAAAAAAAAAAAC
    Projecting Sign-PPPPPAAAAPPAAAAP
    Roof Sign-PPPPPAPAAAAPPPPP
    Swinging Sign§ 25.05.170.2PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Wall Sign-ACCCCAAAAAAAAAAC
    Window Sign PCCCCAAAAAAAAAAP
    Freestanding Signs
    Carried Sign§ 25.05.140PPPPPLLLPPP LLPPP
    Changeable Copy Sign§ 25.05.170.6CCCCAAPAPPPPAPPP
    Directional / Information Sign-CCCCAAAAAAAAAAAP
    Directory Sign-CCCCCAAAAAAAAAAP
    Message Center§ 25.05.170.6PPPPPAAAAAAAAPPP
    Monument Sign-CCCCAAAAAAAAAPPC
    Official Sign / Notice§ 25.05.140LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Off-Premise Advertising Sign3§ 25.05.180.4PPPPPCCLPLLPPPPP
    Pole Sign-PCCCCAAAPAAAACCC
    Public Sign-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
    Pylon Sign-PCCCCAAAPAAAACCC
    Subdivision Entrance Sign§ 25.05.140PLLLLPPPPPPPPPPL
    Swinging Sign§ 25.05.170.2PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Time and Temperature Sign-PCCCCAAAAAAAAAAC
    Temporary Signs
    Interim Sign 4§ 25.05.180.5ACCCCLLLLLL LLLLC
    Business Establishment Sign 4§ 25.05.180.5CCCCCLLLLLLLLLLC
    Promotional Sign, Commercial 4§ 25.05.180.5LCCCCLLLLLLLLLLC
    Promotional Sign, Non-Commercial 4§ 25.05.180.5LCCCCLLLLLLLLLLC
    Snipe Sign4§ 25.05.180.5PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
    Portable Signs
    Portable Sign, Generally 5§ 25.05.180.6LLLLLLLLLLL LLLLL
    Election Sign 5§ 25.05.180.6LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL
    Sandwich Board Sign 5§ 25.05.180.6PCCCCLLLLLLLLLLL

    (Ord. 2017-1065; 2016-0799; 2015-0215; 2021-0460)

    Effective on: 5/22/2021

    Subsection 25.05.180.2 Attached Signs
  • Generally. The sign types that are allowed in each zoning district are set out in Subsection 25.05.180.1, Sign Types by District. This Item sets out the standards that are applicable for each sign type within the applicable districts, which are organized by general use type, as follows:
    1. Table 25.05.180.2.1, Attached Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts;
    2. Table 25.05.180.2.2, Attached Signs, Mixed Use and Nonresidential Districts; and
    3. Table 25.05.180.2.3, Attached Signs, Special and Historic Districts.
  • Signs In, Abutting or Adjacent to Residential Districts and Uses. Refer to Subsection 25.05.200.2, Residential Areas, for standards and restrictions on the types and design of signs for land uses that are within, abutting, or adjacent to residential districts, including the Neighborhood Conservation (NC) sub-districts, and residential uses.
  • Multi-Tenant Structures, Shopping Centers, and Malls.
    1. For grocery stores and commercial retail stores in the GC zoning district, each accessory tenant shall be permitted a maximum sign area not to exceed 50 square feet.
    2. For all other multi-tenant structures, shopping centers, and malls, refer to to Subsection 25.05.190.1, Sign Design Program Alternative, for additional signage allowed for these uses. 
  • Sign Allowances. Certain sign types, and combinations of sign types, are allowed in each district, which are set out in the table below under "Allowance."
  • Cumulative Sign Area. The cumulative sign area that is allowed within each applicable district is set out in Table 25.05.180.2.1, Attached Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts, which are set out for the following general use types:
    1. Multiple-Family, Mixed-Use, and Commercial Uses of the Home;
    2. Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses; and
    3. Commercial Uses.
  • Table 25.05.180.2.1
    Attached Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    AgricultureResidential
    AGRRSRGRUR
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. May be subject to an encroachment permit, as set out in Section 17.28.020, Encroachments, under Title 17, Streets and Sidewalks, of the Municipal Code.
    2. Home occupation sign shall be attached or affixed securely and flat against a wall of the home.
    3. Wall signs, including parapet signs, shall not extend beyond the roof line of the building to which the sign is mounted.
    Arcade Sign
    Number Allowed-NAOne per building front OR one per 15' of lineal building frontage (rounded down) for mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Maximum Length-Four feet OR 60% of the awning/canopy width, whichever is less
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area /Sign-Four square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign AND a wall sign
    Sign Permit Required Permitted with awning / canopy sign
    Awning / Canopy Sign1
    Number Allowed-NAOne per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of awning/canopy width
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-60% of valence OR 30% of awning/canopy surface; may be increased to 50% of awning/canopy surface if no other attached/freestanding sign is on the property
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs)
    Sign Permit Required  Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Home Occupation Sign2
    Number Allowed-One
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)§ 25.05.140One square foot
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Sign Permit Required-No
    Wall Sign3
    Number Allowed-One per building front or one per storefront for mixed-use or multi-tenant building; in no case less than each
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-32 sf., subject to cumulative sign area
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs)
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    Multiple-Family, Mixed-Use, and Commercial Use of the Home§ 25.02.10015 sf.16 sf.
    Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses§ 25.02.11030 sf.50 sf.
    Commercial Uses§ 25.02.12050 sf.50 sf.
    Table 25.05.180.2.1
    Attached Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    AgricultureResidential
    AGRRSRGRUR
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. May be subject to an encroachment permit, as set out in Section 17.28.020, Encroachments, under Title 17, Streets and Sidewalks, of the Municipal Code.
    2. Home occupation sign shall be attached or affixed securely and flat against a wall of the home.
    3. Wall signs, including parapet signs, shall not extend beyond the roof line of the building to which the sign is mounted.
    Arcade Sign
    Number Allowed-NAOne per building front OR one per 15' of lineal building frontage (rounded down) for mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Maximum Length-Four feet OR 60% of the awning/canopy width, whichever is less
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area /Sign-Four square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign AND a wall sign
    Sign Permit Required Permitted with awning / canopy sign
    Awning / Canopy Sign1
    Number Allowed-NAOne per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of awning/canopy width
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-60% of valence OR 30% of awning/canopy surface; may be increased to 50% of awning/canopy surface if no other attached/freestanding sign is on the property
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs)
    Sign Permit Required  Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Home Occupation Sign2
    Number Allowed-One
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)§ 25.05.140One square foot
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Sign Permit Required-No
    Wall Sign3
    Number Allowed-One per building front or one per storefront for mixed-use or multi-tenant building; in no case less than each
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-32 sf., subject to cumulative sign area
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs)
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    Multiple-Family, Mixed-Use, and Commercial Use of the Home§ 25.02.10015 sf.16 sf.
    Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses§ 25.02.11030 sf.50 sf.
    Commercial Uses§ 25.02.12050 sf.50 sf.
    Table 25.05.180.2.1
    Attached Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    AgricultureResidential
    AGRRSRGRUR
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. May be subject to an encroachment permit, as set out in Section 17.28.020, Encroachments, under Title 17, Streets and Sidewalks, of the Municipal Code.
    2. Home occupation sign shall be attached or affixed securely and flat against a wall of the home.
    3. Wall signs, including parapet signs, shall not extend beyond the roof line of the building to which the sign is mounted.
    Arcade Sign
    Number Allowed-NAOne per building front OR one per 15' of lineal building frontage (rounded down) for mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Maximum Length-Four feet OR 60% of the awning/canopy width, whichever is less
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area /Sign-Four square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign AND a wall sign
    Sign Permit Required Permitted with awning / canopy sign
    Awning / Canopy Sign1
    Number Allowed-NAOne per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of awning/canopy width
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-60% of valence OR 30% of awning/canopy surface; may be increased to 50% of awning/canopy surface if no other attached/freestanding sign is on the property
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs)
    Sign Permit Required  Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Home Occupation Sign2
    Number Allowed-One
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)§ 25.05.140One square foot
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Sign Permit Required-No
    Wall Sign3
    Number Allowed-One per building front or one per storefront for mixed-use or multi-tenant building; in no case less than each
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-32 sf., subject to cumulative sign area
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs)
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    Multiple-Family, Mixed-Use, and Commercial Use of the Home§ 25.02.10015 sf.16 sf.
    Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses§ 25.02.11030 sf.50 sf.
    Commercial Uses§ 25.02.12050 sf.50 sf.
    Table 25.05.180.2.1
    Attached Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    AgricultureResidential
    AGRRSRGRUR
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. May be subject to an encroachment permit, as set out in Section 17.28.020, Encroachments, under Title 17, Streets and Sidewalks, of the Municipal Code.
    2. Home occupation sign shall be attached or affixed securely and flat against a wall of the home.
    3. Wall signs, including parapet signs, shall not extend beyond the roof line of the building to which the sign is mounted.
    Arcade Sign
    Number Allowed-NAOne per building front OR one per 15' of lineal building frontage (rounded down) for mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Maximum Length-Four feet OR 60% of the awning/canopy width, whichever is less
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area /Sign-Four square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign AND a wall sign
    Sign Permit Required Permitted with awning / canopy sign
    Awning / Canopy Sign1
    Number Allowed-NAOne per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of awning/canopy width
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-60% of valence OR 30% of awning/canopy surface; may be increased to 50% of awning/canopy surface if no other attached/freestanding sign is on the property
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs)
    Sign Permit Required  Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Home Occupation Sign2
    Number Allowed-One
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)§ 25.05.140One square foot
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Sign Permit Required-No
    Wall Sign3
    Number Allowed-One per building front or one per storefront for mixed-use or multi-tenant building; in no case less than each
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-32 sf., subject to cumulative sign area
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs)
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    Multiple-Family, Mixed-Use, and Commercial Use of the Home§ 25.02.10015 sf.16 sf.
    Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses§ 25.02.11030 sf.50 sf.
    Commercial Uses§ 25.02.12050 sf.50 sf.
    1. Sign Allowances. Certain sign types, and combinations of sign types, are allowed in each district, which are set out in the table below under "Allowance."
    Table 25.05.180.2.2
    Attached Signs, Mixed-Use and Nonresidential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    Mixed UseNonresidential
    MUSCGCDCBPGI
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. May be subject to an encroachment permit, as set out in Section 17.28.020, Encroachments, under Title 17, Streets and Sidewalks, of the Municipal Code.
    2. A message center may be part of a marquee sign, as set out in Subsection 25.05.170.6, Message Centers.
    3. One duly adopted flag of the United States, State of Iowa, Woodbury County, and the City of Sioux City, illuminated or non-illuminated, may be flown on a property provided the flag is attached to a permanent flagpole or a flagpole that is mounted to a principal building and provided the flag does not encroach into public right-of-way, as set out in Section , Application.
    4. All roof signs shall be installed or erected in such a manner that there shall be no angle iron support structure visible from street level or grade level, they shall be set back a distance at least three feet from all outside walls of the building on or over which they are located, and no guy wires, braces, or secondary supports shall be visible from the street or grade level.
    5. In computing the maximum sign area in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district, no more than two street frontages may be used.
    6. Wall signs, including parapet signs, shall not extend beyond the roof line of the building to which the sign is mounted.
    7. Refer to Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts, for additional standards and requirements applicable to wall, projection, directory, and other sign types in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district, and the Historic 4th Street (HA-4) and Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-districts.
    8. Incidental signs include those that are affixed to machines, equipment, fences, gates, walls, gasoline pumps, or utility cabinets, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    9. Interior signs are those that are not visible from residential uses or districts, abutting property, or public rights-of-way, which do not require a sign permit, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    Arcade Sign 1, 2
    Number Allowed-One per building front OR one per 15' of lineal building frontage (rounded down) for mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Maximum Length-Six feet OR 75% of the awning/canopy width, whichever is less
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign AND a wall sign
    Sign Permit Required-Permitted with awning / canopy sign
    Awning / Canopy Sign 1, 2
    Number Allowed-One per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of awning/canopy width
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio§ 25.05.160.280% of valence OR 40% of awning/canopy surface; may be increased to 60% of awning/canopy surface if no other attached/freestanding sign is on the property
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs), subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with an arcade sign AND a marquee OR wall sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see  Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs), subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Flag, Unofficial 3
    Number Allowed-ThreeNAThreeNAThree
    Permitted Locations-Attached to a permanent flagpole or private light pole provided the flag does not encroach public right-of-wayAttached to a permanent flagpole or private light pole provided the flag does not encroach public right-of-wayAttached to a permanent flagpole or private light pole provided the flag does not encroach public right-of-way
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feetSix square feetSix square feet
    Maximum Height-12 feet12 feet12 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5NoneNoneNone
    Allowance-Used only in combination with a wall OR a roof sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUse only in combination with a wall OR a roof sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUse only in combination with a wall OR a roof sign, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-NoNoNo
    Marquee Sign 1, 2
    Maximum Projection From Building Facade-Eight feetNAEight feetNANA
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area-50 sf. / Side (100 sf. total)50 sf. / Side (100 sf. total)
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lightingDown lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in lieu of other sign typesUsed in lieu of other sign types
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Projecting Sign1, 2, 7
    Maximum Distance From Building Facade-Six feetNANA
    Minimum Clearance, Pedestrian Way-Eight feet above grade
    Minimum Clearance, Vehicular Way-14' above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of facade width to a maximum of 24 sq. ft.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building permit
    Roof Sign4
    Number Allowed-OneNAOneNAOne
    Height-25% of building height OR 12', whichever is less25% of building height OR 12', whichever is less25% of building height OR 12', whichever is less
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of street frontage OR 100 sf. maximum, whichever is less; based on cumulative sign areaOne square foot per lineal foot of street frontage OR 100 sf. maximum, whichever is less; based on cumulative sign areaOne square foot per lineal foot of street frontage OR 100 sf. maximum, whichever is less; based on cumulative sign area
    Bottom Clearance-One footOne footOne foot
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Uplighting or interior lightingUplighting or interior lightingUplighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with a wall OR projecting sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with a wall OR projecting sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with a wall OR projecting sign, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Wall Sign 6, 7
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Two square feet per lineal front building footage; minimum of 50 sf.One square foot per lineal foot of street frontage; minimum 50 sf. 5Two square feet per lineal foot of street frontage; minimum 50 sf.
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio§ 25.05.160.215% of wall surface or facade15% of wall surface or facade; only the lowest 40' of the wall surface qualifies
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building (if attached to building) and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Window Sign
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-30 percent15 percent30 percent30 percent15 percent
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct onlyNoneDirect onlyNoneDirect only
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other attached signs
    Restriction-Window signs are permitted on the ground or first floor only, except as set out in Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts.
    Sign Permit Required-No
    Table 25.05.180.2.2
    Attached Signs, Mixed-Use and Nonresidential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    Mixed UseNonresidential
    MUSCGCDCBPGI
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. May be subject to an encroachment permit, as set out in Section 17.28.020, Encroachments, under Title 17, Streets and Sidewalks, of the Municipal Code.
    2. A message center may be part of a marquee sign, as set out in Subsection 25.05.170.6, Message Centers.
    3. One duly adopted flag of the United States, State of Iowa, Woodbury County, and the City of Sioux City, illuminated or non-illuminated, may be flown on a property provided the flag is attached to a permanent flagpole or a flagpole that is mounted to a principal building and provided the flag does not encroach into public right-of-way, as set out in Section , Application.
    4. All roof signs shall be installed or erected in such a manner that there shall be no angle iron support structure visible from street level or grade level, they shall be set back a distance at least three feet from all outside walls of the building on or over which they are located, and no guy wires, braces, or secondary supports shall be visible from the street or grade level.
    5. In computing the maximum sign area in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district, no more than two street frontages may be used.
    6. Wall signs, including parapet signs, shall not extend beyond the roof line of the building to which the sign is mounted.
    7. Refer to Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts, for additional standards and requirements applicable to wall, projection, directory, and other sign types in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district, and the Historic 4th Street (HA-4) and Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-districts.
    8. Incidental signs include those that are affixed to machines, equipment, fences, gates, walls, gasoline pumps, or utility cabinets, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    9. Interior signs are those that are not visible from residential uses or districts, abutting property, or public rights-of-way, which do not require a sign permit, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    Arcade Sign 1, 2
    Number Allowed-One per building front OR one per 15' of lineal building frontage (rounded down) for mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Maximum Length-Six feet OR 75% of the awning/canopy width, whichever is less
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign AND a wall sign
    Sign Permit Required-Permitted with awning / canopy sign
    Awning / Canopy Sign 1, 2
    Number Allowed-One per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of awning/canopy width
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio§ 25.05.160.280% of valence OR 40% of awning/canopy surface; may be increased to 60% of awning/canopy surface if no other attached/freestanding sign is on the property
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs), subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with an arcade sign AND a marquee OR wall sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see  Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs), subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Flag, Unofficial 3
    Number Allowed-ThreeNAThreeNAThree
    Permitted Locations-Attached to a permanent flagpole or private light pole provided the flag does not encroach public right-of-wayAttached to a permanent flagpole or private light pole provided the flag does not encroach public right-of-wayAttached to a permanent flagpole or private light pole provided the flag does not encroach public right-of-way
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feetSix square feetSix square feet
    Maximum Height-12 feet12 feet12 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5NoneNoneNone
    Allowance-Used only in combination with a wall OR a roof sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUse only in combination with a wall OR a roof sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUse only in combination with a wall OR a roof sign, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-NoNoNo
    Marquee Sign 1, 2
    Maximum Projection From Building Facade-Eight feetNAEight feetNANA
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area-50 sf. / Side (100 sf. total)50 sf. / Side (100 sf. total)
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lightingDown lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in lieu of other sign typesUsed in lieu of other sign types
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Projecting Sign1, 2, 7
    Maximum Distance From Building Facade-Six feetNANA
    Minimum Clearance, Pedestrian Way-Eight feet above grade
    Minimum Clearance, Vehicular Way-14' above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of facade width to a maximum of 24 sq. ft.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building permit
    Roof Sign4
    Number Allowed-OneNAOneNAOne
    Height-25% of building height OR 12', whichever is less25% of building height OR 12', whichever is less25% of building height OR 12', whichever is less
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of street frontage OR 100 sf. maximum, whichever is less; based on cumulative sign areaOne square foot per lineal foot of street frontage OR 100 sf. maximum, whichever is less; based on cumulative sign areaOne square foot per lineal foot of street frontage OR 100 sf. maximum, whichever is less; based on cumulative sign area
    Bottom Clearance-One footOne footOne foot
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Uplighting or interior lightingUplighting or interior lightingUplighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with a wall OR projecting sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with a wall OR projecting sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with a wall OR projecting sign, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Wall Sign 6, 7
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Two square feet per lineal front building footage; minimum of 50 sf.One square foot per lineal foot of street frontage; minimum 50 sf. 5Two square feet per lineal foot of street frontage; minimum 50 sf.
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio§ 25.05.160.215% of wall surface or facade15% of wall surface or facade; only the lowest 40' of the wall surface qualifies
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building (if attached to building) and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Window Sign
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-30 percent15 percent30 percent30 percent15 percent
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct onlyNoneDirect onlyNoneDirect only
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other attached signs
    Restriction-Window signs are permitted on the ground or first floor only, except as set out in Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts.
    Sign Permit Required-No
    Table 25.05.180.2.2
    Attached Signs, Mixed-Use and Nonresidential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    Mixed UseNonresidential
    MUSCGCDCBPGI
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. May be subject to an encroachment permit, as set out in Section 17.28.020, Encroachments, under Title 17, Streets and Sidewalks, of the Municipal Code.
    2. A message center may be part of a marquee sign, as set out in Subsection 25.05.170.6, Message Centers.
    3. One duly adopted flag of the United States, State of Iowa, Woodbury County, and the City of Sioux City, illuminated or non-illuminated, may be flown on a property provided the flag is attached to a permanent flagpole or a flagpole that is mounted to a principal building and provided the flag does not encroach into public right-of-way, as set out in Section , Application.
    4. All roof signs shall be installed or erected in such a manner that there shall be no angle iron support structure visible from street level or grade level, they shall be set back a distance at least three feet from all outside walls of the building on or over which they are located, and no guy wires, braces, or secondary supports shall be visible from the street or grade level.
    5. In computing the maximum sign area in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district, no more than two street frontages may be used.
    6. Wall signs, including parapet signs, shall not extend beyond the roof line of the building to which the sign is mounted.
    7. Refer to Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts, for additional standards and requirements applicable to wall, projection, directory, and other sign types in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district, and the Historic 4th Street (HA-4) and Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-districts.
    8. Incidental signs include those that are affixed to machines, equipment, fences, gates, walls, gasoline pumps, or utility cabinets, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    9. Interior signs are those that are not visible from residential uses or districts, abutting property, or public rights-of-way, which do not require a sign permit, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    Arcade Sign 1, 2
    Number Allowed-One per building front OR one per 15' of lineal building frontage (rounded down) for mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Maximum Length-Six feet OR 75% of the awning/canopy width, whichever is less
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign AND a wall sign
    Sign Permit Required-Permitted with awning / canopy sign
    Awning / Canopy Sign 1, 2
    Number Allowed-One per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of awning/canopy width
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio§ 25.05.160.280% of valence OR 40% of awning/canopy surface; may be increased to 60% of awning/canopy surface if no other attached/freestanding sign is on the property
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs), subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with an arcade sign AND a marquee OR wall sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see  Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs), subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Flag, Unofficial 3
    Number Allowed-ThreeNAThreeNAThree
    Permitted Locations-Attached to a permanent flagpole or private light pole provided the flag does not encroach public right-of-wayAttached to a permanent flagpole or private light pole provided the flag does not encroach public right-of-wayAttached to a permanent flagpole or private light pole provided the flag does not encroach public right-of-way
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feetSix square feetSix square feet
    Maximum Height-12 feet12 feet12 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5NoneNoneNone
    Allowance-Used only in combination with a wall OR a roof sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUse only in combination with a wall OR a roof sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUse only in combination with a wall OR a roof sign, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-NoNoNo
    Marquee Sign 1, 2
    Maximum Projection From Building Facade-Eight feetNAEight feetNANA
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area-50 sf. / Side (100 sf. total)50 sf. / Side (100 sf. total)
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lightingDown lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in lieu of other sign typesUsed in lieu of other sign types
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Projecting Sign1, 2, 7
    Maximum Distance From Building Facade-Six feetNANA
    Minimum Clearance, Pedestrian Way-Eight feet above grade
    Minimum Clearance, Vehicular Way-14' above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of facade width to a maximum of 24 sq. ft.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building permit
    Roof Sign4
    Number Allowed-OneNAOneNAOne
    Height-25% of building height OR 12', whichever is less25% of building height OR 12', whichever is less25% of building height OR 12', whichever is less
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of street frontage OR 100 sf. maximum, whichever is less; based on cumulative sign areaOne square foot per lineal foot of street frontage OR 100 sf. maximum, whichever is less; based on cumulative sign areaOne square foot per lineal foot of street frontage OR 100 sf. maximum, whichever is less; based on cumulative sign area
    Bottom Clearance-One footOne footOne foot
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Uplighting or interior lightingUplighting or interior lightingUplighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with a wall OR projecting sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with a wall OR projecting sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with a wall OR projecting sign, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Wall Sign 6, 7
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Two square feet per lineal front building footage; minimum of 50 sf.One square foot per lineal foot of street frontage; minimum 50 sf. 5Two square feet per lineal foot of street frontage; minimum 50 sf.
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio§ 25.05.160.215% of wall surface or facade15% of wall surface or facade; only the lowest 40' of the wall surface qualifies
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building (if attached to building) and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Window Sign
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-30 percent15 percent30 percent30 percent15 percent
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct onlyNoneDirect onlyNoneDirect only
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other attached signs
    Restriction-Window signs are permitted on the ground or first floor only, except as set out in Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts.
    Sign Permit Required-No
    Table 25.05.180.2.2
    Attached Signs, Mixed-Use and Nonresidential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    Mixed UseNonresidential
    MUSCGCDCBPGI
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. May be subject to an encroachment permit, as set out in Section 17.28.020, Encroachments, under Title 17, Streets and Sidewalks, of the Municipal Code.
    2. A message center may be part of a marquee sign, as set out in Subsection 25.05.170.6, Message Centers.
    3. One duly adopted flag of the United States, State of Iowa, Woodbury County, and the City of Sioux City, illuminated or non-illuminated, may be flown on a property provided the flag is attached to a permanent flagpole or a flagpole that is mounted to a principal building and provided the flag does not encroach into public right-of-way, as set out in Section , Application.
    4. All roof signs shall be installed or erected in such a manner that there shall be no angle iron support structure visible from street level or grade level, they shall be set back a distance at least three feet from all outside walls of the building on or over which they are located, and no guy wires, braces, or secondary supports shall be visible from the street or grade level.
    5. In computing the maximum sign area in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district, no more than two street frontages may be used.
    6. Wall signs, including parapet signs, shall not extend beyond the roof line of the building to which the sign is mounted.
    7. Refer to Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts, for additional standards and requirements applicable to wall, projection, directory, and other sign types in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district, and the Historic 4th Street (HA-4) and Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-districts.
    8. Incidental signs include those that are affixed to machines, equipment, fences, gates, walls, gasoline pumps, or utility cabinets, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    9. Interior signs are those that are not visible from residential uses or districts, abutting property, or public rights-of-way, which do not require a sign permit, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    Arcade Sign 1, 2
    Number Allowed-One per building front OR one per 15' of lineal building frontage (rounded down) for mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Maximum Length-Six feet OR 75% of the awning/canopy width, whichever is less
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign AND a wall sign
    Sign Permit Required-Permitted with awning / canopy sign
    Awning / Canopy Sign 1, 2
    Number Allowed-One per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of awning/canopy width
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio§ 25.05.160.280% of valence OR 40% of awning/canopy surface; may be increased to 60% of awning/canopy surface if no other attached/freestanding sign is on the property
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs), subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with an arcade sign AND a marquee OR wall sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see  Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs), subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Flag, Unofficial 3
    Number Allowed-ThreeNAThreeNAThree
    Permitted Locations-Attached to a permanent flagpole or private light pole provided the flag does not encroach public right-of-wayAttached to a permanent flagpole or private light pole provided the flag does not encroach public right-of-wayAttached to a permanent flagpole or private light pole provided the flag does not encroach public right-of-way
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feetSix square feetSix square feet
    Maximum Height-12 feet12 feet12 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5NoneNoneNone
    Allowance-Used only in combination with a wall OR a roof sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUse only in combination with a wall OR a roof sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUse only in combination with a wall OR a roof sign, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-NoNoNo
    Marquee Sign 1, 2
    Maximum Projection From Building Facade-Eight feetNAEight feetNANA
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area-50 sf. / Side (100 sf. total)50 sf. / Side (100 sf. total)
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lightingDown lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in lieu of other sign typesUsed in lieu of other sign types
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Projecting Sign1, 2, 7
    Maximum Distance From Building Facade-Six feetNANA
    Minimum Clearance, Pedestrian Way-Eight feet above grade
    Minimum Clearance, Vehicular Way-14' above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of facade width to a maximum of 24 sq. ft.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building permit
    Roof Sign4
    Number Allowed-OneNAOneNAOne
    Height-25% of building height OR 12', whichever is less25% of building height OR 12', whichever is less25% of building height OR 12', whichever is less
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of street frontage OR 100 sf. maximum, whichever is less; based on cumulative sign areaOne square foot per lineal foot of street frontage OR 100 sf. maximum, whichever is less; based on cumulative sign areaOne square foot per lineal foot of street frontage OR 100 sf. maximum, whichever is less; based on cumulative sign area
    Bottom Clearance-One footOne footOne foot
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Uplighting or interior lightingUplighting or interior lightingUplighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with a wall OR projecting sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with a wall OR projecting sign, subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with a wall OR projecting sign, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Wall Sign 6, 7
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Two square feet per lineal front building footage; minimum of 50 sf.One square foot per lineal foot of street frontage; minimum 50 sf. 5Two square feet per lineal foot of street frontage; minimum 50 sf.
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio§ 25.05.160.215% of wall surface or facade15% of wall surface or facade; only the lowest 40' of the wall surface qualifies
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building (if attached to building) and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Window Sign
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-30 percent15 percent30 percent30 percent15 percent
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct onlyNoneDirect onlyNoneDirect only
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other attached signs
    Restriction-Window signs are permitted on the ground or first floor only, except as set out in Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts.
    Sign Permit Required-No
    1. Sign Allowances. Certain sign types, and combinations of sign types, are allowed in each district, which are set out in the table below under "Allowance."
    2. Limitation for the HA-N Sub-District. For the allowed, limited, and conditional uses permitted in the HA-N sub-district, refer to the allowed signs in the General Residential (GR) district set out in Table 25.05.180.2.1, Attached Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts.
    3. Cumulative Sign Area. The individual business and cumulative sign area that is allowed within each applicable district is set out in Table 25.05.180.2.3, Attached Signs, Special and Historic Districts, which are set out for all applicable allowed, limited, and conditional uses within the Special and Historic districts.
    Table 25.05.180.2.3
    Attached Signs, Special and Historic Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    SpecialHistoric
    APCEPIHA-47HA-P7HA-N
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. May be subject to an encroachment permit, as set out in Section 17.28.020, Encroachments, under Title 17, Streets and Sidewalks, of the Municipal Code.
    2. A message center may be part of a marquee sign, as set out in Subsection 25.05.170.6, Message Centers.
    3. In computing the maximum sign area in the HA-4 and HA-P sub-districts, no more than two street frontages may be used.
    4. Wall signs, including parapet signs, shall not extend beyond the roof line of the building to which the sign is mounted.
    5. The cumulative sign area for the Casino Entertainment (CE) district excludes that allowable sign area for a GOBO projection sign.
    6. Refer to Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts, for additional standards and requirements applicable to wall, projection, directory, and other sign types in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district, and the Historic 4th Street (HA-4) and Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-districts.
    7. Signs in the HA-4 and HA-P sub-districts may require the approval of the Historic Preservation Commission.
    8. Incidental signs include those that are affixed to machines, equipment, fences, gates, walls, gasoline pumps, or utility cabinets, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    9. Interior signs are those that are not visible from residential uses or districts, abutting property, or public rights-of-way, which do not require a sign permit, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    10. No animated or moving projections that are visible from public rights-of-way, including any moving, rotating, flashing, blinking, scintillating, or fluctuating light, or the use of video, audio, pyrotechnic, or bluecasting (bluetooth advertising) components.
    11. May not be used on any parts of buildings used for lodging or residential purposes.
    12. Used only for on-site advertising messages.
    13. Shall comply with Iowa Code Chapter 306B, Outdoor Advertising along Interstate Highways; Chapter 306C, Junkyard Beautification and Billboard Control, and Chapter 306D, Scenic Routes, as applicable.
    14. Display messages shall be for a period of no less than 15 minutes and the change sequence must be accomplished within an interval of two seconds or less, which may not include transitions or frame effects between messages.
    15. Approval of conditional permit by the Board of Adjustment.
    Arcade Sign1
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per building front OR one per 25' of lineal building frontage (rounded down)One per building front OR one per 15' of lineal building frontage (rounded down) for mixed-use or multi-tenant buildingRefer to Item 9., above.
    Maximum Length-Six feet OR 75% of the awning/canopy width, whichever is less
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign AND a wall sign
    Sign Permit Required-Permitted with awning / canopy sign
    Awning / Canopy Sign 1
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant buildingRefer to Item 9., above.
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of awning/canopy width
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-80% of valence OR 40% of awning/canopy surface; may be increased to 60% of awning/canopy surface if no other attached/freestanding sign is on the property
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs), subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with an arcade sign AND a marquee or wall sign, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    GOBO Projection Sign
    Number Allowed / Facade-NAOneNANANARefer to Item 9., above.
    Total Number Allowed-Two
    Hours of Projection, Weekdays (Sun - Thurs)-Dusk to 11:00 p.m.
    Hours of Projection, Weekends and Holidays-Dusk to 2:00 a.m.
    Maximum Sign Area-200 sf.
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-60% of wall surface
    Maximum Height-50 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5 
    Allowance-See cumulative sign area below
    Restrictions-See Note 10
    See Note 11
    See Note 12
    See Note 13
    See Note 14
    Sign Permit Required-See Note 15
    Marquee Sign 1 ,2
    Maximum Projection From Building Facade-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtEight FeetRefer to Item 9., above.
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area-50 sf. / Side (100 sf. total)
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in lieu of other sign types
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Projecting Sign 1, 6
    Maximum Distance From Building Facade-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtSix feetRefer to Item 9., above.
    Minimum Clearance, Pedestrian Way-Eight feet above grade
    Minimum Clearance, Vehicular Way-14 feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of building width to a maximum of 24 sq. ft.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lightingNone
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building permit
    Wall Sign 4, 6
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtLimit one per building facade; based on maximum and cumulative sign areasMaximum 50 sf. per business for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building; based on cumulative sign areaRefer to Item 9., above.
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Two square feet per lineal foot building footage
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-15% of wall surface or facade; only the lowest 40' of the wall surface qualifies15% of wall surface or facade15% of wall surface or facade; only the lowest 40' of the wall surface qualifies
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lightingDown lighting
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, excluding a marquee sign; subject to cumulative sign areaUsed in any combination with other signs, excluding a marquee OR GOBO projection sign; subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building (if attached to building) and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Window Sign 
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-Based on allowable signage of the underlying district30 percent15 percent 
    Illumination Direct onlyNone 
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other attached signsAllowed by conditional approval of the Historic Preservation Commission 
    Restriction-Window signs are permitted on the ground or first floor only, except as set out in Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts. 
    Sign Permit Required-  
    Cumulative Sign Area
    Each Business-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtNANA50 square feet50 square feetRefer to Item 9., above.
    Total / Building or Site-NA

    NA

    250 sf.3250 sf.3
    Table 25.05.180.2.3
    Attached Signs, Special and Historic Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    SpecialHistoric
    APCEPIHA-47HA-P7HA-N
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. May be subject to an encroachment permit, as set out in Section 17.28.020, Encroachments, under Title 17, Streets and Sidewalks, of the Municipal Code.
    2. A message center may be part of a marquee sign, as set out in Subsection 25.05.170.6, Message Centers.
    3. In computing the maximum sign area in the HA-4 and HA-P sub-districts, no more than two street frontages may be used.
    4. Wall signs, including parapet signs, shall not extend beyond the roof line of the building to which the sign is mounted.
    5. The cumulative sign area for the Casino Entertainment (CE) district excludes that allowable sign area for a GOBO projection sign.
    6. Refer to Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts, for additional standards and requirements applicable to wall, projection, directory, and other sign types in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district, and the Historic 4th Street (HA-4) and Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-districts.
    7. Signs in the HA-4 and HA-P sub-districts may require the approval of the Historic Preservation Commission.
    8. Incidental signs include those that are affixed to machines, equipment, fences, gates, walls, gasoline pumps, or utility cabinets, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    9. Interior signs are those that are not visible from residential uses or districts, abutting property, or public rights-of-way, which do not require a sign permit, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    10. No animated or moving projections that are visible from public rights-of-way, including any moving, rotating, flashing, blinking, scintillating, or fluctuating light, or the use of video, audio, pyrotechnic, or bluecasting (bluetooth advertising) components.
    11. May not be used on any parts of buildings used for lodging or residential purposes.
    12. Used only for on-site advertising messages.
    13. Shall comply with Iowa Code Chapter 306B, Outdoor Advertising along Interstate Highways; Chapter 306C, Junkyard Beautification and Billboard Control, and Chapter 306D, Scenic Routes, as applicable.
    14. Display messages shall be for a period of no less than 15 minutes and the change sequence must be accomplished within an interval of two seconds or less, which may not include transitions or frame effects between messages.
    15. Approval of conditional permit by the Board of Adjustment.
    Arcade Sign1
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per building front OR one per 25' of lineal building frontage (rounded down)One per building front OR one per 15' of lineal building frontage (rounded down) for mixed-use or multi-tenant buildingRefer to Item 9., above.
    Maximum Length-Six feet OR 75% of the awning/canopy width, whichever is less
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign AND a wall sign
    Sign Permit Required-Permitted with awning / canopy sign
    Awning / Canopy Sign 1
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant buildingRefer to Item 9., above.
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of awning/canopy width
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-80% of valence OR 40% of awning/canopy surface; may be increased to 60% of awning/canopy surface if no other attached/freestanding sign is on the property
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs), subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with an arcade sign AND a marquee or wall sign, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    GOBO Projection Sign
    Number Allowed / Facade-NAOneNANANARefer to Item 9., above.
    Total Number Allowed-Two
    Hours of Projection, Weekdays (Sun - Thurs)-Dusk to 11:00 p.m.
    Hours of Projection, Weekends and Holidays-Dusk to 2:00 a.m.
    Maximum Sign Area-200 sf.
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-60% of wall surface
    Maximum Height-50 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5 
    Allowance-See cumulative sign area below
    Restrictions-See Note 10
    See Note 11
    See Note 12
    See Note 13
    See Note 14
    Sign Permit Required-See Note 15
    Marquee Sign 1 ,2
    Maximum Projection From Building Facade-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtEight FeetRefer to Item 9., above.
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area-50 sf. / Side (100 sf. total)
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in lieu of other sign types
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Projecting Sign 1, 6
    Maximum Distance From Building Facade-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtSix feetRefer to Item 9., above.
    Minimum Clearance, Pedestrian Way-Eight feet above grade
    Minimum Clearance, Vehicular Way-14 feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of building width to a maximum of 24 sq. ft.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lightingNone
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building permit
    Wall Sign 4, 6
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtLimit one per building facade; based on maximum and cumulative sign areasMaximum 50 sf. per business for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building; based on cumulative sign areaRefer to Item 9., above.
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Two square feet per lineal foot building footage
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-15% of wall surface or facade; only the lowest 40' of the wall surface qualifies15% of wall surface or facade15% of wall surface or facade; only the lowest 40' of the wall surface qualifies
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lightingDown lighting
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, excluding a marquee sign; subject to cumulative sign areaUsed in any combination with other signs, excluding a marquee OR GOBO projection sign; subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building (if attached to building) and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Window Sign 
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-Based on allowable signage of the underlying district30 percent15 percent 
    Illumination Direct onlyNone 
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other attached signsAllowed by conditional approval of the Historic Preservation Commission 
    Restriction-Window signs are permitted on the ground or first floor only, except as set out in Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts. 
    Sign Permit Required-  
    Cumulative Sign Area
    Each Business-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtNANA50 square feet50 square feetRefer to Item 9., above.
    Total / Building or Site-NA

    NA

    250 sf.3250 sf.3
    Table 25.05.180.2.3
    Attached Signs, Special and Historic Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    SpecialHistoric
    APCEPIHA-47HA-P7HA-N
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. May be subject to an encroachment permit, as set out in Section 17.28.020, Encroachments, under Title 17, Streets and Sidewalks, of the Municipal Code.
    2. A message center may be part of a marquee sign, as set out in Subsection 25.05.170.6, Message Centers.
    3. In computing the maximum sign area in the HA-4 and HA-P sub-districts, no more than two street frontages may be used.
    4. Wall signs, including parapet signs, shall not extend beyond the roof line of the building to which the sign is mounted.
    5. The cumulative sign area for the Casino Entertainment (CE) district excludes that allowable sign area for a GOBO projection sign.
    6. Refer to Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts, for additional standards and requirements applicable to wall, projection, directory, and other sign types in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district, and the Historic 4th Street (HA-4) and Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-districts.
    7. Signs in the HA-4 and HA-P sub-districts may require the approval of the Historic Preservation Commission.
    8. Incidental signs include those that are affixed to machines, equipment, fences, gates, walls, gasoline pumps, or utility cabinets, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    9. Interior signs are those that are not visible from residential uses or districts, abutting property, or public rights-of-way, which do not require a sign permit, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    10. No animated or moving projections that are visible from public rights-of-way, including any moving, rotating, flashing, blinking, scintillating, or fluctuating light, or the use of video, audio, pyrotechnic, or bluecasting (bluetooth advertising) components.
    11. May not be used on any parts of buildings used for lodging or residential purposes.
    12. Used only for on-site advertising messages.
    13. Shall comply with Iowa Code Chapter 306B, Outdoor Advertising along Interstate Highways; Chapter 306C, Junkyard Beautification and Billboard Control, and Chapter 306D, Scenic Routes, as applicable.
    14. Display messages shall be for a period of no less than 15 minutes and the change sequence must be accomplished within an interval of two seconds or less, which may not include transitions or frame effects between messages.
    15. Approval of conditional permit by the Board of Adjustment.
    Arcade Sign1
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per building front OR one per 25' of lineal building frontage (rounded down)One per building front OR one per 15' of lineal building frontage (rounded down) for mixed-use or multi-tenant buildingRefer to Item 9., above.
    Maximum Length-Six feet OR 75% of the awning/canopy width, whichever is less
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign AND a wall sign
    Sign Permit Required-Permitted with awning / canopy sign
    Awning / Canopy Sign 1
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant buildingRefer to Item 9., above.
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of awning/canopy width
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-80% of valence OR 40% of awning/canopy surface; may be increased to 60% of awning/canopy surface if no other attached/freestanding sign is on the property
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs), subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with an arcade sign AND a marquee or wall sign, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    GOBO Projection Sign
    Number Allowed / Facade-NAOneNANANARefer to Item 9., above.
    Total Number Allowed-Two
    Hours of Projection, Weekdays (Sun - Thurs)-Dusk to 11:00 p.m.
    Hours of Projection, Weekends and Holidays-Dusk to 2:00 a.m.
    Maximum Sign Area-200 sf.
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-60% of wall surface
    Maximum Height-50 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5 
    Allowance-See cumulative sign area below
    Restrictions-See Note 10
    See Note 11
    See Note 12
    See Note 13
    See Note 14
    Sign Permit Required-See Note 15
    Marquee Sign 1 ,2
    Maximum Projection From Building Facade-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtEight FeetRefer to Item 9., above.
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area-50 sf. / Side (100 sf. total)
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in lieu of other sign types
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Projecting Sign 1, 6
    Maximum Distance From Building Facade-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtSix feetRefer to Item 9., above.
    Minimum Clearance, Pedestrian Way-Eight feet above grade
    Minimum Clearance, Vehicular Way-14 feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of building width to a maximum of 24 sq. ft.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lightingNone
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building permit
    Wall Sign 4, 6
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtLimit one per building facade; based on maximum and cumulative sign areasMaximum 50 sf. per business for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building; based on cumulative sign areaRefer to Item 9., above.
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Two square feet per lineal foot building footage
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-15% of wall surface or facade; only the lowest 40' of the wall surface qualifies15% of wall surface or facade15% of wall surface or facade; only the lowest 40' of the wall surface qualifies
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lightingDown lighting
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, excluding a marquee sign; subject to cumulative sign areaUsed in any combination with other signs, excluding a marquee OR GOBO projection sign; subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building (if attached to building) and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Window Sign 
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-Based on allowable signage of the underlying district30 percent15 percent 
    Illumination Direct onlyNone 
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other attached signsAllowed by conditional approval of the Historic Preservation Commission 
    Restriction-Window signs are permitted on the ground or first floor only, except as set out in Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts. 
    Sign Permit Required-  
    Cumulative Sign Area
    Each Business-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtNANA50 square feet50 square feetRefer to Item 9., above.
    Total / Building or Site-NA

    NA

    250 sf.3250 sf.3
    Table 25.05.180.2.3
    Attached Signs, Special and Historic Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    SpecialHistoric
    APCEPIHA-47HA-P7HA-N
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. May be subject to an encroachment permit, as set out in Section 17.28.020, Encroachments, under Title 17, Streets and Sidewalks, of the Municipal Code.
    2. A message center may be part of a marquee sign, as set out in Subsection 25.05.170.6, Message Centers.
    3. In computing the maximum sign area in the HA-4 and HA-P sub-districts, no more than two street frontages may be used.
    4. Wall signs, including parapet signs, shall not extend beyond the roof line of the building to which the sign is mounted.
    5. The cumulative sign area for the Casino Entertainment (CE) district excludes that allowable sign area for a GOBO projection sign.
    6. Refer to Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts, for additional standards and requirements applicable to wall, projection, directory, and other sign types in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district, and the Historic 4th Street (HA-4) and Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-districts.
    7. Signs in the HA-4 and HA-P sub-districts may require the approval of the Historic Preservation Commission.
    8. Incidental signs include those that are affixed to machines, equipment, fences, gates, walls, gasoline pumps, or utility cabinets, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    9. Interior signs are those that are not visible from residential uses or districts, abutting property, or public rights-of-way, which do not require a sign permit, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
    10. No animated or moving projections that are visible from public rights-of-way, including any moving, rotating, flashing, blinking, scintillating, or fluctuating light, or the use of video, audio, pyrotechnic, or bluecasting (bluetooth advertising) components.
    11. May not be used on any parts of buildings used for lodging or residential purposes.
    12. Used only for on-site advertising messages.
    13. Shall comply with Iowa Code Chapter 306B, Outdoor Advertising along Interstate Highways; Chapter 306C, Junkyard Beautification and Billboard Control, and Chapter 306D, Scenic Routes, as applicable.
    14. Display messages shall be for a period of no less than 15 minutes and the change sequence must be accomplished within an interval of two seconds or less, which may not include transitions or frame effects between messages.
    15. Approval of conditional permit by the Board of Adjustment.
    Arcade Sign1
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per building front OR one per 25' of lineal building frontage (rounded down)One per building front OR one per 15' of lineal building frontage (rounded down) for mixed-use or multi-tenant buildingRefer to Item 9., above.
    Maximum Length-Six feet OR 75% of the awning/canopy width, whichever is less
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5None
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an awning/canopy sign AND a wall sign
    Sign Permit Required-Permitted with awning / canopy sign
    Awning / Canopy Sign 1
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per building front or one per storefront for a mixed-use or multi-tenant buildingRefer to Item 9., above.
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of awning/canopy width
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-80% of valence OR 40% of awning/canopy surface; may be increased to 60% of awning/canopy surface if no other attached/freestanding sign is on the property
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used only in combination with an arcade sign AND a wall sign, PLUS one freestanding sign (see Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs), subject to cumulative sign areaUsed only in combination with an arcade sign AND a marquee or wall sign, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    GOBO Projection Sign
    Number Allowed / Facade-NAOneNANANARefer to Item 9., above.
    Total Number Allowed-Two
    Hours of Projection, Weekdays (Sun - Thurs)-Dusk to 11:00 p.m.
    Hours of Projection, Weekends and Holidays-Dusk to 2:00 a.m.
    Maximum Sign Area-200 sf.
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-60% of wall surface
    Maximum Height-50 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5 
    Allowance-See cumulative sign area below
    Restrictions-See Note 10
    See Note 11
    See Note 12
    See Note 13
    See Note 14
    Sign Permit Required-See Note 15
    Marquee Sign 1 ,2
    Maximum Projection From Building Facade-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtEight FeetRefer to Item 9., above.
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area-50 sf. / Side (100 sf. total)
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting; only the sign area containing the letters or logos may be illuminated with interior lighting
    Allowance-Used in lieu of other sign types
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Projecting Sign 1, 6
    Maximum Distance From Building Facade-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtSix feetRefer to Item 9., above.
    Minimum Clearance, Pedestrian Way-Eight feet above grade
    Minimum Clearance, Vehicular Way-14 feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per lineal foot of building width to a maximum of 24 sq. ft.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lightingNone
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building permit
    Wall Sign 4, 6
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtLimit one per building facade; based on maximum and cumulative sign areasMaximum 50 sf. per business for a mixed-use or multi-tenant building; based on cumulative sign areaRefer to Item 9., above.
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Two square feet per lineal foot building footage
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-15% of wall surface or facade; only the lowest 40' of the wall surface qualifies15% of wall surface or facade15% of wall surface or facade; only the lowest 40' of the wall surface qualifies
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Down lighting or interior lightingDown lighting
    Allowance-Used in any combination with other signs, excluding a marquee sign; subject to cumulative sign areaUsed in any combination with other signs, excluding a marquee OR GOBO projection sign; subject to cumulative sign area
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building (if attached to building) and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Window Sign 
    Maximum Signable Area Ratio-Based on allowable signage of the underlying district30 percent15 percent 
    Illumination Direct onlyNone 
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other attached signsAllowed by conditional approval of the Historic Preservation Commission 
    Restriction-Window signs are permitted on the ground or first floor only, except as set out in Subsection 25.05.200.1, Downtown and Historic Districts. 
    Sign Permit Required-  
    Cumulative Sign Area
    Each Business-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtNANA50 square feet50 square feetRefer to Item 9., above.
    Total / Building or Site-NA

    NA

    250 sf.3250 sf.3

    (Ord. 2019-0721; 2017-1065; 2016-0217; 2015-0433; 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 6/13/2015

    Subsection 25.05.180.3 Freestanding Signs
  • 1.
    Generally. This Item sets out which forms of freestanding signs are allowed in each zoning district, and the size and height standards that apply to them. Freestanding signs that are not listed in Table 6.402, Freestanding Sign Types, are not allowed in any of the districts set out in the table.
  • 2.
    Signs In, Abutting or Adjacent to Residential Districts and Uses. Refer to Subsection 25.05.200.2, Residential Areas, for standards and restrictions on the types and design of signs for land uses that are within, abutting, or adjacent to residential districts, including the Neighborhood Conservation (NC) sub-districts, and residential uses.
  • 3.
    Design of Freestanding Monument Signs. All freestanding monument signs shall be designed and constructed to substantially appear as a solid mass from the ground level to the highest portion of the sign.
  • 4.
    Sign Materials. All freestanding signs must be made of masonry, stucco, metal, routed wood planks or beams, high density urethane, polycarbonates, or durable plastic.
  • 5.
    Sign Height. Sign height shall be measured from the grade at the edge of the adjacent right-of-way or the grade at the base of the sign if such grade is above the grade at the edge of the street right-of-way to the uppermost part of the sign face, base, or structure. If the sign is located 30 inches or more below the grade at the edge of the right-of-way, sign height shall be measured from the elevation of the centerline of the adjacent street right-of-way to the uppermost part of the sign face, base, or structure, as set out in Subsection 25.05.160.1, Measurements.
  • 6.
    Required Setbacks. All freestanding signs shall be set back at least five feet from the leading nearest edge of the sign to all property lines. This standard may be waived by the Administrator if:
    1. a.
      The sign is proposed to be affixed to an existing retaining wall that is closer than five feet to the property line (but not across it); or
    2. b.
      The waiver would lower the elevation of the base of the sign by more than 30 inches and:
      1. 1.
        The sign will be set back at least one foot from any sidewalk;
      2. 2.
        The sign will not encroach on any easement;
      3. 3.
        The sign will not intrude into or obstruct a required sight distance triangle; and
      4. 4.
        There is at least five feet of landscaped parkway between the edge of pavement and the property line; or
    3. c.
      The sign is a bus stop or transit shelter sign.
  • 7.
    Bonus Area. Any freestanding sign that incorporates three or more of the design enhancements set out in Subsection 25.05.170.1, General Design Guidelines, shall qualify for up to a 20 percent bonus in sign area. However, if a bonus for design enhancements is used, no additional bonus is available for monument signs (as set out in Item 14, below) as the maximum cumulative bonus is 20 percent. Such bonus shall be confirmed by the Administrator upon submission by the applicant and approval of the sign plans. The sign permit may be revoked or fines may be imposed by the Administrator if the sign is constructed without the required and approved design enhancements.
  • 8.
    Freestanding Signs by District. The freestanding sign types that are allowed in each zoning district are set out in Subsection 25.05.180.1, Sign Types by District. This Item sets out the standards that are applicable for each freestanding sign type within the applicable districts, which are organized by general use type, as follows:
    1. a.
      Table 25.05.180.3.1, Freestanding Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts;
    2. b.
      Table 25.05.180.3.2, Freestanding Signs, Mixed Use and Nonresidential Districts; and
    3. c.
      Table 25.05.180.3.3, Freestanding Signs, Special and Historic Districts.
  • 9.
    Standards for Agriculture and Residential Districts. The standards that are applicable to each sign type are listed individually in Table 25.05.180.3.1, Freestanding Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts. In the agriculture and residential districts, these signs are for the following general use types:
    1. a.
      Multiple-Family and Commercial Uses of the Home;
    2. b.
      Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses; and
    3. c.
      Commercial Uses.
  • 10.
    Sign Allowances. Certain sign types, and combinations of sign types, are allowed in each district, which are set out in the table for each sign type.
  • 11.
    Cumulative Sign Area. The cumulative sign area for both attached and freestanding signs that is allowed within each applicable district is set out in Table 25.05.180.3.1, Attached Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts.
  • 12.
    Signs Prohibited in Single-Family Areas. With the exception of signs that do not require a permit, signs for home occupations and property addressing, and allowable temporary signs, signs are prohibited in the agriculture and residential districts.
  • Table 25.05.180.3.1
    Freestanding Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    AgricultureResidential
    AGRRSRGRUR
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. 1.
      Directional only means there is no commercial message included on the Directional / Informational Sign.
    2. 2.
      The area of a monument sign structure may be counted as part of the maximum and cumulative sign area if the Administrator determines that the structure itself is an attention-getting device and part of the communication of the sign in which case the area of the structure shall be limited to 200 percent of the sign face.
    3. 3.
      The maximum sign area per sign face may be used for a double-faced sign or two independent monument signs on either side of a subdivision entrance.
    4. 4.
      In computing the maximum sign area, no more than two street frontages may be used.
    Directional / Informational Sign
    Number Allowed-NAOne per entrance/exit
    Maximum Height-Four feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Three square feet
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-Nine square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct only
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other freestanding signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus electrical permit for lighted signs
    Sign Permit Required, Directional Only 1-No, only electrical permit for lighted signs
    Directory Sign
    Number Allowed-NAOne per property with a multi-tenant building
    Maximum Height-10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirect
    Allowance-Used in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Monument Sign 2
    Number Allowed-OneOne
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign§ 25.05.180.232 sf.

    Multiple-Family = 16 sf.

    Public and Institutional = See PI district (Table 25.05.180.3.1)

    Recreation/Amusement = 32 sf.

    Commercial = 32 sf.

    Public Assembly = See PI district (Table 25.05.180.3.1)

    Multiple-Family = 16 sf.

    Public and Institutional = See PI district (Subsection 25.05.180.2)

    Recreation/Amusement = 32 sf.

    Commercial = two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 64 sf.

    Public Assembly = See PI district (Subsection 25.05.180.2)

    Setbacks, Specifically-Minimum 25' from interior side or rear lot lines when abutting a residential use or districtMinimum five feet from front and street side yards; minimum 25' from interior side or rear lot lines when abutting a residential use or district
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance§ 25.05.180.2One monument OR pole sign is allowed, PLUS applicable attached signsOne freestanding sign per property, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Pole Sign or Pylon Sign
    Number Allowed-OneOneOne
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet10 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign Face-32 sf.50 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-One pylon, pole, OR monument sign is allowed, PLUS applicable attached signsOne freestanding sign per property, PLUS applicable attached signsOne freestanding sign per property, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Subdivision Entrance Sign 3
    Number Allowed-OneOne per collector or arterial street entrance; maximum of three signsOne per property entrance
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet10 feet
    Minimum Clearance, as applicable-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above grade,Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign Face-50 sf.50 sf.16 sf.
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-100 sf.100 sf.32 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Only sign type allowed for subdivision identityOnly sign type allowed for subdivision identityOnly sign type allowed for multiple-family complex identity
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    Multiple-Family / Commercial Use of the Home§ 25.02.10015 sf.16 sf.
    Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses§ 25.02.11030 sf.50 sf.
    Commercial Uses§ 25.02.12050 sf.50 sf.
    Table 25.05.180.3.1
    Freestanding Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    AgricultureResidential
    AGRRSRGRUR
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. 1.
      Directional only means there is no commercial message included on the Directional / Informational Sign.
    2. 2.
      The area of a monument sign structure may be counted as part of the maximum and cumulative sign area if the Administrator determines that the structure itself is an attention-getting device and part of the communication of the sign in which case the area of the structure shall be limited to 200 percent of the sign face.
    3. 3.
      The maximum sign area per sign face may be used for a double-faced sign or two independent monument signs on either side of a subdivision entrance.
    4. 4.
      In computing the maximum sign area, no more than two street frontages may be used.
    Directional / Informational Sign
    Number Allowed-NAOne per entrance/exit
    Maximum Height-Four feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Three square feet
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-Nine square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct only
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other freestanding signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus electrical permit for lighted signs
    Sign Permit Required, Directional Only 1-No, only electrical permit for lighted signs
    Directory Sign
    Number Allowed-NAOne per property with a multi-tenant building
    Maximum Height-10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirect
    Allowance-Used in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Monument Sign 2
    Number Allowed-OneOne
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign§ 25.05.180.232 sf.

    Multiple-Family = 16 sf.

    Public and Institutional = See PI district (Table 25.05.180.3.1)

    Recreation/Amusement = 32 sf.

    Commercial = 32 sf.

    Public Assembly = See PI district (Table 25.05.180.3.1)

    Multiple-Family = 16 sf.

    Public and Institutional = See PI district (Subsection 25.05.180.2)

    Recreation/Amusement = 32 sf.

    Commercial = two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 64 sf.

    Public Assembly = See PI district (Subsection 25.05.180.2)

    Setbacks, Specifically-Minimum 25' from interior side or rear lot lines when abutting a residential use or districtMinimum five feet from front and street side yards; minimum 25' from interior side or rear lot lines when abutting a residential use or district
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance§ 25.05.180.2One monument OR pole sign is allowed, PLUS applicable attached signsOne freestanding sign per property, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Pole Sign or Pylon Sign
    Number Allowed-OneOneOne
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet10 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign Face-32 sf.50 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-One pylon, pole, OR monument sign is allowed, PLUS applicable attached signsOne freestanding sign per property, PLUS applicable attached signsOne freestanding sign per property, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Subdivision Entrance Sign 3
    Number Allowed-OneOne per collector or arterial street entrance; maximum of three signsOne per property entrance
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet10 feet
    Minimum Clearance, as applicable-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above grade,Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign Face-50 sf.50 sf.16 sf.
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-100 sf.100 sf.32 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Only sign type allowed for subdivision identityOnly sign type allowed for subdivision identityOnly sign type allowed for multiple-family complex identity
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    Multiple-Family / Commercial Use of the Home§ 25.02.10015 sf.16 sf.
    Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses§ 25.02.11030 sf.50 sf.
    Commercial Uses§ 25.02.12050 sf.50 sf.
    Table 25.05.180.3.1
    Freestanding Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    AgricultureResidential
    AGRRSRGRUR
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. 1.
      Directional only means there is no commercial message included on the Directional / Informational Sign.
    2. 2.
      The area of a monument sign structure may be counted as part of the maximum and cumulative sign area if the Administrator determines that the structure itself is an attention-getting device and part of the communication of the sign in which case the area of the structure shall be limited to 200 percent of the sign face.
    3. 3.
      The maximum sign area per sign face may be used for a double-faced sign or two independent monument signs on either side of a subdivision entrance.
    4. 4.
      In computing the maximum sign area, no more than two street frontages may be used.
    Directional / Informational Sign
    Number Allowed-NAOne per entrance/exit
    Maximum Height-Four feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Three square feet
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-Nine square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct only
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other freestanding signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus electrical permit for lighted signs
    Sign Permit Required, Directional Only 1-No, only electrical permit for lighted signs
    Directory Sign
    Number Allowed-NAOne per property with a multi-tenant building
    Maximum Height-10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirect
    Allowance-Used in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Monument Sign 2
    Number Allowed-OneOne
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign§ 25.05.180.232 sf.

    Multiple-Family = 16 sf.

    Public and Institutional = See PI district (Table 25.05.180.3.1)

    Recreation/Amusement = 32 sf.

    Commercial = 32 sf.

    Public Assembly = See PI district (Table 25.05.180.3.1)

    Multiple-Family = 16 sf.

    Public and Institutional = See PI district (Subsection 25.05.180.2)

    Recreation/Amusement = 32 sf.

    Commercial = two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 64 sf.

    Public Assembly = See PI district (Subsection 25.05.180.2)

    Setbacks, Specifically-Minimum 25' from interior side or rear lot lines when abutting a residential use or districtMinimum five feet from front and street side yards; minimum 25' from interior side or rear lot lines when abutting a residential use or district
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance§ 25.05.180.2One monument OR pole sign is allowed, PLUS applicable attached signsOne freestanding sign per property, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Pole Sign or Pylon Sign
    Number Allowed-OneOneOne
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet10 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign Face-32 sf.50 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-One pylon, pole, OR monument sign is allowed, PLUS applicable attached signsOne freestanding sign per property, PLUS applicable attached signsOne freestanding sign per property, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Subdivision Entrance Sign 3
    Number Allowed-OneOne per collector or arterial street entrance; maximum of three signsOne per property entrance
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet10 feet
    Minimum Clearance, as applicable-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above grade,Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign Face-50 sf.50 sf.16 sf.
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-100 sf.100 sf.32 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Only sign type allowed for subdivision identityOnly sign type allowed for subdivision identityOnly sign type allowed for multiple-family complex identity
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    Multiple-Family / Commercial Use of the Home§ 25.02.10015 sf.16 sf.
    Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses§ 25.02.11030 sf.50 sf.
    Commercial Uses§ 25.02.12050 sf.50 sf.
    Table 25.05.180.3.1
    Freestanding Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    AgricultureResidential
    AGRRSRGRUR
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. 1.
      Directional only means there is no commercial message included on the Directional / Informational Sign.
    2. 2.
      The area of a monument sign structure may be counted as part of the maximum and cumulative sign area if the Administrator determines that the structure itself is an attention-getting device and part of the communication of the sign in which case the area of the structure shall be limited to 200 percent of the sign face.
    3. 3.
      The maximum sign area per sign face may be used for a double-faced sign or two independent monument signs on either side of a subdivision entrance.
    4. 4.
      In computing the maximum sign area, no more than two street frontages may be used.
    Directional / Informational Sign
    Number Allowed-NAOne per entrance/exit
    Maximum Height-Four feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Three square feet
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-Nine square feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct only
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other freestanding signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus electrical permit for lighted signs
    Sign Permit Required, Directional Only 1-No, only electrical permit for lighted signs
    Directory Sign
    Number Allowed-NAOne per property with a multi-tenant building
    Maximum Height-10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirect
    Allowance-Used in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Monument Sign 2
    Number Allowed-OneOne
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign§ 25.05.180.232 sf.

    Multiple-Family = 16 sf.

    Public and Institutional = See PI district (Table 25.05.180.3.1)

    Recreation/Amusement = 32 sf.

    Commercial = 32 sf.

    Public Assembly = See PI district (Table 25.05.180.3.1)

    Multiple-Family = 16 sf.

    Public and Institutional = See PI district (Subsection 25.05.180.2)

    Recreation/Amusement = 32 sf.

    Commercial = two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 64 sf.

    Public Assembly = See PI district (Subsection 25.05.180.2)

    Setbacks, Specifically-Minimum 25' from interior side or rear lot lines when abutting a residential use or districtMinimum five feet from front and street side yards; minimum 25' from interior side or rear lot lines when abutting a residential use or district
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance§ 25.05.180.2One monument OR pole sign is allowed, PLUS applicable attached signsOne freestanding sign per property, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Pole Sign or Pylon Sign
    Number Allowed-OneOneOne
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet10 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign Face-32 sf.50 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-One pylon, pole, OR monument sign is allowed, PLUS applicable attached signsOne freestanding sign per property, PLUS applicable attached signsOne freestanding sign per property, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Subdivision Entrance Sign 3
    Number Allowed-OneOne per collector or arterial street entrance; maximum of three signsOne per property entrance
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet10 feet
    Minimum Clearance, as applicable-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above grade,Eight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign Face-50 sf.50 sf.16 sf.
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-100 sf.100 sf.32 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Only sign type allowed for subdivision identityOnly sign type allowed for subdivision identityOnly sign type allowed for multiple-family complex identity
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    Multiple-Family / Commercial Use of the Home§ 25.02.10015 sf.16 sf.
    Institutional, Recreation, and Amusement Uses§ 25.02.11030 sf.50 sf.
    Commercial Uses§ 25.02.12050 sf.50 sf.
    1. 13.
      Sign Allowances. Certain sign types, and combinations of sign types, are allowed in each district, which are set out in the table for each sign type.
    2. 14.
      Cumulative Sign Area. The cumulative sign area that is allowed within each applicable district is set out in Table 25.05.180.3.2, Attached Signs, Mixed-Use and Nonresidential Districts, which are set out for all applicable allowed, limited, and conditional uses within the Mixed Use and Nonresidential districts.
    3. 15.
      Bonus for Monument Signs. As an incentive for the use of freestanding monument signs in lieu of pole or pylon signs in the General Commercial (GC), Business Park (BP), and General Industrial (GI) districts, a 20 percent bonus in cumulative sign area may be achieved, as follows:
      1. a.
        The individual and cumulative sign areas may be increased by 20 percent of that shown below in Table 25.05.180.3.2, Freestanding Signs, Mixed-Use and Nonresidential Districts;
      2. b.
        The minimum separation between monument signs may be reduced from 100 feet to 75 feet;
      3. c.
        More than one monument sign may be allowed on the street frontage of the highest functional classification provided the separation and setback requirements are met; and
      4. d.
        If a bonus for monument signs is used, no additional bonus is available for design enhancements (as set out in Item 7, above) as the maximum cumulative bonus is 20 percent.
    Table 25.05.180.3.2
    Freestanding Signs, Mixed-Use and Nonresidential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    Mixed UseNonresidential
    MUSCGCDCBPGI
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. 1.
      "Directional only" means there is no commercial message included on the Directional / Informational Sign.
    2. 2.
      In computing the maximum sign area, no more than two street frontages may be used except in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district where up to three frontages may be used.
    3. 3.
      The area of a monument sign structure may be counted as part of the maximum and cumulative sign area if the Administrator determines that the structure itself is an attention-getting device and part of the communication of the sign in which case the area of the structure shall be limited to 200 percent of the sign face.
    4. 4.
      Refer to 25.05.200.3, Highway Signage, for freestanding signs within 660 feet of interstates, freeway primary, and primary highways.
    Directional / Informational Sign
    Number Allowed-One per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exit
    Maximum Height-Four feetFour feetFour feetFour feetSix feet10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feetThree square feetSix square feetThree square feetEight square feet
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-18 sf.Nine square feet18 sf.Nine square feet24 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct onlyDirect onlyDirect onlyDirect onlyDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signs
    Sign Permit Required, Information Only-Yes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signs
    Sign Permit Required, Directional Only1-No, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signs
    Directory Sign 2
    Number Allowed-One per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingNAOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant building
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet15 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 50 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property) 100 feet100 feet125 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Used in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Monument Sign 2, 3
    Number Allowed-One per street frontageOne per street frontage; two maximumOne per street frontage; two maximumOne per street frontage
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet20 feet10 feet20 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign§ 25.05.180.2

    32 sf.

    32 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    25 sf.

    50 sf.

    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 96 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 64 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area (Cumulative)Item 14NANASee Item 14., aboveNASee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feetNA100 feet125 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance§ 25.05.180.2Only for properties set back from right-of-way; otherwise, use pole, pylon, or attached signsOnly sign type allowedUsed in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsOnly for properties set back from right-of-way; otherwise, use pole, pylon, or attached signsUsed in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Pole Sign or Pylon Sign 2, 4
    Number Allowed-One per street frontageOne per street frontageOne per street frontage; two maximumOne per street frontage; three maximumOne per street frontage; two maximum
    Maximum Height-10 feet35 feet65 feet6 feet65 feet100 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-32 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 125 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 96 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area for Monument Signs-NANASee Item 14., aboveNASee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property) 100 feet100 feet100 feet125 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance Pylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument sign
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    All Allowed, Limited, and Conditional Uses-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 500 sf.

    NATwo square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 500 sf.300 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 500 sf.

    Table 25.05.180.3.2
    Freestanding Signs, Mixed-Use and Nonresidential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    Mixed UseNonresidential
    MUSCGCDCBPGI
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. 1.
      "Directional only" means there is no commercial message included on the Directional / Informational Sign.
    2. 2.
      In computing the maximum sign area, no more than two street frontages may be used except in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district where up to three frontages may be used.
    3. 3.
      The area of a monument sign structure may be counted as part of the maximum and cumulative sign area if the Administrator determines that the structure itself is an attention-getting device and part of the communication of the sign in which case the area of the structure shall be limited to 200 percent of the sign face.
    4. 4.
      Refer to 25.05.200.3, Highway Signage, for freestanding signs within 660 feet of interstates, freeway primary, and primary highways.
    Directional / Informational Sign
    Number Allowed-One per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exit
    Maximum Height-Four feetFour feetFour feetFour feetSix feet10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feetThree square feetSix square feetThree square feetEight square feet
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-18 sf.Nine square feet18 sf.Nine square feet24 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct onlyDirect onlyDirect onlyDirect onlyDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signs
    Sign Permit Required, Information Only-Yes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signs
    Sign Permit Required, Directional Only1-No, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signs
    Directory Sign 2
    Number Allowed-One per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingNAOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant building
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet15 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 50 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property) 100 feet100 feet125 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Used in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Monument Sign 2, 3
    Number Allowed-One per street frontageOne per street frontage; two maximumOne per street frontage; two maximumOne per street frontage
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet20 feet10 feet20 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign§ 25.05.180.2

    32 sf.

    32 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    25 sf.

    50 sf.

    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 96 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 64 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area (Cumulative)Item 14NANASee Item 14., aboveNASee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feetNA100 feet125 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance§ 25.05.180.2Only for properties set back from right-of-way; otherwise, use pole, pylon, or attached signsOnly sign type allowedUsed in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsOnly for properties set back from right-of-way; otherwise, use pole, pylon, or attached signsUsed in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Pole Sign or Pylon Sign 2, 4
    Number Allowed-One per street frontageOne per street frontageOne per street frontage; two maximumOne per street frontage; three maximumOne per street frontage; two maximum
    Maximum Height-10 feet35 feet65 feet6 feet65 feet100 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-32 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 125 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 96 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area for Monument Signs-NANASee Item 14., aboveNASee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property) 100 feet100 feet100 feet125 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance Pylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument sign
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    All Allowed, Limited, and Conditional Uses-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 500 sf.

    NATwo square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 500 sf.300 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 500 sf.

    Table 25.05.180.3.2
    Freestanding Signs, Mixed-Use and Nonresidential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    Mixed UseNonresidential
    MUSCGCDCBPGI
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. 1.
      "Directional only" means there is no commercial message included on the Directional / Informational Sign.
    2. 2.
      In computing the maximum sign area, no more than two street frontages may be used except in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district where up to three frontages may be used.
    3. 3.
      The area of a monument sign structure may be counted as part of the maximum and cumulative sign area if the Administrator determines that the structure itself is an attention-getting device and part of the communication of the sign in which case the area of the structure shall be limited to 200 percent of the sign face.
    4. 4.
      Refer to 25.05.200.3, Highway Signage, for freestanding signs within 660 feet of interstates, freeway primary, and primary highways.
    Directional / Informational Sign
    Number Allowed-One per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exit
    Maximum Height-Four feetFour feetFour feetFour feetSix feet10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feetThree square feetSix square feetThree square feetEight square feet
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-18 sf.Nine square feet18 sf.Nine square feet24 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct onlyDirect onlyDirect onlyDirect onlyDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signs
    Sign Permit Required, Information Only-Yes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signs
    Sign Permit Required, Directional Only1-No, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signs
    Directory Sign 2
    Number Allowed-One per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingNAOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant building
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet15 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 50 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property) 100 feet100 feet125 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Used in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Monument Sign 2, 3
    Number Allowed-One per street frontageOne per street frontage; two maximumOne per street frontage; two maximumOne per street frontage
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet20 feet10 feet20 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign§ 25.05.180.2

    32 sf.

    32 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    25 sf.

    50 sf.

    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 96 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 64 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area (Cumulative)Item 14NANASee Item 14., aboveNASee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feetNA100 feet125 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance§ 25.05.180.2Only for properties set back from right-of-way; otherwise, use pole, pylon, or attached signsOnly sign type allowedUsed in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsOnly for properties set back from right-of-way; otherwise, use pole, pylon, or attached signsUsed in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Pole Sign or Pylon Sign 2, 4
    Number Allowed-One per street frontageOne per street frontageOne per street frontage; two maximumOne per street frontage; three maximumOne per street frontage; two maximum
    Maximum Height-10 feet35 feet65 feet6 feet65 feet100 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-32 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 125 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 96 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area for Monument Signs-NANASee Item 14., aboveNASee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property) 100 feet100 feet100 feet125 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance Pylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument sign
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    All Allowed, Limited, and Conditional Uses-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 500 sf.

    NATwo square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 500 sf.300 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 500 sf.

    Table 25.05.180.3.2
    Freestanding Signs, Mixed-Use and Nonresidential Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    Mixed UseNonresidential
    MUSCGCDCBPGI
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. 1.
      "Directional only" means there is no commercial message included on the Directional / Informational Sign.
    2. 2.
      In computing the maximum sign area, no more than two street frontages may be used except in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district where up to three frontages may be used.
    3. 3.
      The area of a monument sign structure may be counted as part of the maximum and cumulative sign area if the Administrator determines that the structure itself is an attention-getting device and part of the communication of the sign in which case the area of the structure shall be limited to 200 percent of the sign face.
    4. 4.
      Refer to 25.05.200.3, Highway Signage, for freestanding signs within 660 feet of interstates, freeway primary, and primary highways.
    Directional / Informational Sign
    Number Allowed-One per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exitOne per entrance/exit
    Maximum Height-Four feetFour feetFour feetFour feetSix feet10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feetThree square feetSix square feetThree square feetEight square feet
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-18 sf.Nine square feet18 sf.Nine square feet24 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct onlyDirect onlyDirect onlyDirect onlyDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signs
    Sign Permit Required, Information Only-Yes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signs
    Sign Permit Required, Directional Only1-No, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signs
    Directory Sign 2
    Number Allowed-One per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingNAOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant building
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet15 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 50 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property) 100 feet100 feet125 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Used in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Monument Sign 2, 3
    Number Allowed-One per street frontageOne per street frontage; two maximumOne per street frontage; two maximumOne per street frontage
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet20 feet10 feet20 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign§ 25.05.180.2

    32 sf.

    32 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    25 sf.

    50 sf.

    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 96 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 64 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area (Cumulative)Item 14NANASee Item 14., aboveNASee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feetNA100 feet125 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance§ 25.05.180.2Only for properties set back from right-of-way; otherwise, use pole, pylon, or attached signsOnly sign type allowedUsed in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsOnly for properties set back from right-of-way; otherwise, use pole, pylon, or attached signsUsed in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Pole Sign or Pylon Sign 2, 4
    Number Allowed-One per street frontageOne per street frontageOne per street frontage; two maximumOne per street frontage; three maximumOne per street frontage; two maximum
    Maximum Height-10 feet35 feet65 feet6 feet65 feet100 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-32 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 125 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 96 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area for Monument Signs-NANASee Item 14., aboveNASee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property) 100 feet100 feet100 feet125 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance Pylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument sign
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    All Allowed, Limited, and Conditional Uses-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 500 sf.

    NATwo square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 500 sf.300 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 500 sf.

    1. 16.
      Sign Allowances. Certain sign types, and combinations of sign types, are allowed in each district, which are set out in the table for each sign type.
    2. 17.
      Limitation for the HA-N Sub-District. For the allowed, limited, and conditional uses permitted in the HA-N sub-district, refer to the allowed freestanding signs in the General Residential (GR) district set out in Table 25.05.180.3.1, Freestanding Signs, Agriculture and Residential Districts.
    3. 18.
      Cumulative Sign Area. The individual business and cumulative sign area that is allowed within each applicable district is set out in Table 25.05.180.3.3, Attached Signs, Special and Historic Districts, which are set out for all applicable allowed, limited, and conditional uses within the Special and Historic districts.
    4. 19.
      Bonus for Monument Signs. As an incentive for the use of freestanding monument signs in the Casino Entertainment (CE) and Public and Institutional (PI) districts, a 20 percent bonus in cumulative sign area may be achieved, as follows:
      1. a.
        The individual and cumulative sign areas may be increased by 20 percent of that shown below in Table 25.05.180.3.3, Freestanding Signs, Special and Historic Districts;
      2. b.
        The minimum separation between monument signs may be reduced from 100 feet to 75 feet; and
      3. c.
        More than one monument sign may be allowed on the street frontage of the highest functional classification provided the separation and setback requirements are met.
    5. 20.
      Street Frontage. Every freestanding sign permitted on a "per frontage" basis shall be allocated to and be located proximate to the specific frontage which would authorize such sign.
    6. 21.
      Corner Signs. When a property has two street frontages and elects to erect only one freestanding sign, the sign area may be increased by 20%.
    7. 22.
      Message Center Signs. The following criteria shall apply to all message center signs. Message center signs existing at the date of the adoption of this ordinance shall comply with all of the provisions of this section by April 1, 2024.
      1. a.
        No animation, flashing, video or scrolling text shall be permitted on a message center sign during or in transition between messages.
      2. b.
        Any image or message or part of a message displayed on the sign shall have a minimum duration of four seconds and shall be a static display.
      3. c.
        Transition time between images or messages or part of a message must be no longer than one second.
      4. d.
        Message center signs must be equipped with automatic dimming technology that automatically adjusts the display’s brightness based upon ambient light conditions.

     

    Table 25.05.180.3.3
    Freestanding Signs, Special and Historic Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    SpecialHistoric
    APCEPIHA-44HA-P5HA-N
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. 1.
      "Directional only" means there is no commercial message included on the Directional / Informational Sign.
    2. 2.
      In computing the maximum sign area, no more than two street frontages may be used except in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district where up to three frontages may be used.
    3. 3.
      The area of a monument sign structure may be counted as part of the maximum and cumulative sign area if the Administrator determines that the structure itself is an attention-getting device and part of the communication of the sign in which case the area of the structure shall be limited to 200 percent of the sign face.
    4. 4.
      Refer to 25.05.200.3, Highway Signage, for freestanding signs within 660 feet of interstates, freeway primary, and primary highways.
    5. 5.
      Signs in the HA-4 and HA-P sub-districts may require the approval of the Historic Preservation Commission.
    Directional / Informational Sign
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per entrance/exitNAOne per entrance/exitRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-Six feetFour feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feetSix square feet
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-24 sf.18 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectIndirect only
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signs
    Sign Permit Required, Directional Only 1-No, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signs
    Directory Sign 2
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingNAOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-15 feet15 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectIndirect only
    Allowance-Used in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Monument Sign 2, 3
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per street frontageNAOne per street frontage; two maximumRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign§ 25.05.180.2

    60 sf.

    50 sf.

    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area (Cumulative)Item 14See Item 14., aboveSee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance§ 25.05.180.2Used in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Pole Sign or Pylon Sign 2, 4
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per street frontageNAOne per street frontage; two maximumRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-10 feet15 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-50 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area for Monument Signs-See Item 14., aboveSee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Pylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument sign
    Sign permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    All Allowed, Limited, and Conditional Uses-Based on cumulative sign area of underlying district

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    NAOne square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf. of both attached and freestanding signsRefer to Item 16., above
    Table 25.05.180.3.3
    Freestanding Signs, Special and Historic Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    SpecialHistoric
    APCEPIHA-44HA-P5HA-N
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. 1.
      "Directional only" means there is no commercial message included on the Directional / Informational Sign.
    2. 2.
      In computing the maximum sign area, no more than two street frontages may be used except in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district where up to three frontages may be used.
    3. 3.
      The area of a monument sign structure may be counted as part of the maximum and cumulative sign area if the Administrator determines that the structure itself is an attention-getting device and part of the communication of the sign in which case the area of the structure shall be limited to 200 percent of the sign face.
    4. 4.
      Refer to 25.05.200.3, Highway Signage, for freestanding signs within 660 feet of interstates, freeway primary, and primary highways.
    5. 5.
      Signs in the HA-4 and HA-P sub-districts may require the approval of the Historic Preservation Commission.
    Directional / Informational Sign
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per entrance/exitNAOne per entrance/exitRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-Six feetFour feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feetSix square feet
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-24 sf.18 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectIndirect only
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signs
    Sign Permit Required, Directional Only 1-No, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signs
    Directory Sign 2
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingNAOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-15 feet15 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectIndirect only
    Allowance-Used in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Monument Sign 2, 3
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per street frontageNAOne per street frontage; two maximumRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign§ 25.05.180.2

    60 sf.

    50 sf.

    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area (Cumulative)Item 14See Item 14., aboveSee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance§ 25.05.180.2Used in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Pole Sign or Pylon Sign 2, 4
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per street frontageNAOne per street frontage; two maximumRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-10 feet15 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-50 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area for Monument Signs-See Item 14., aboveSee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Pylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument sign
    Sign permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    All Allowed, Limited, and Conditional Uses-Based on cumulative sign area of underlying district

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    NAOne square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf. of both attached and freestanding signsRefer to Item 16., above
    Table 25.05.180.3.3
    Freestanding Signs, Special and Historic Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    SpecialHistoric
    APCEPIHA-44HA-P5HA-N
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. 1.
      "Directional only" means there is no commercial message included on the Directional / Informational Sign.
    2. 2.
      In computing the maximum sign area, no more than two street frontages may be used except in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district where up to three frontages may be used.
    3. 3.
      The area of a monument sign structure may be counted as part of the maximum and cumulative sign area if the Administrator determines that the structure itself is an attention-getting device and part of the communication of the sign in which case the area of the structure shall be limited to 200 percent of the sign face.
    4. 4.
      Refer to 25.05.200.3, Highway Signage, for freestanding signs within 660 feet of interstates, freeway primary, and primary highways.
    5. 5.
      Signs in the HA-4 and HA-P sub-districts may require the approval of the Historic Preservation Commission.
    Directional / Informational Sign
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per entrance/exitNAOne per entrance/exitRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-Six feetFour feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feetSix square feet
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-24 sf.18 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectIndirect only
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signs
    Sign Permit Required, Directional Only 1-No, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signs
    Directory Sign 2
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingNAOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-15 feet15 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectIndirect only
    Allowance-Used in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Monument Sign 2, 3
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per street frontageNAOne per street frontage; two maximumRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign§ 25.05.180.2

    60 sf.

    50 sf.

    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area (Cumulative)Item 14See Item 14., aboveSee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance§ 25.05.180.2Used in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Pole Sign or Pylon Sign 2, 4
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per street frontageNAOne per street frontage; two maximumRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-10 feet15 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-50 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area for Monument Signs-See Item 14., aboveSee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Pylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument sign
    Sign permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    All Allowed, Limited, and Conditional Uses-Based on cumulative sign area of underlying district

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    NAOne square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf. of both attached and freestanding signsRefer to Item 16., above
    Table 25.05.180.3.3
    Freestanding Signs, Special and Historic Districts
    Sign Type / StandardsStandards Reference1Zoning Districts
    SpecialHistoric
    APCEPIHA-44HA-P5HA-N
    TABLE NOTES:
    1. 1.
      "Directional only" means there is no commercial message included on the Directional / Informational Sign.
    2. 2.
      In computing the maximum sign area, no more than two street frontages may be used except in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district where up to three frontages may be used.
    3. 3.
      The area of a monument sign structure may be counted as part of the maximum and cumulative sign area if the Administrator determines that the structure itself is an attention-getting device and part of the communication of the sign in which case the area of the structure shall be limited to 200 percent of the sign face.
    4. 4.
      Refer to 25.05.200.3, Highway Signage, for freestanding signs within 660 feet of interstates, freeway primary, and primary highways.
    5. 5.
      Signs in the HA-4 and HA-P sub-districts may require the approval of the Historic Preservation Commission.
    Directional / Informational Sign
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per entrance/exitNAOne per entrance/exitRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-Six feetFour feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-Six square feetSix square feet
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-24 sf.18 sf.
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectIndirect only
    Allowance-Allowed in addition to other freestanding signsAllowed in addition to other freestanding signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus electrical permit for lighted signsYes, plus electrical permit for lighted signs
    Sign Permit Required, Directional Only 1-No, only electrical permit for lighted signsNo, only electrical permit for lighted signs
    Directory Sign 2
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingNAOne per street frontage for a multi-tenant buildingRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-15 feet15 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectIndirect only
    Allowance-Used in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a monument, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Monument Sign 2, 3
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per street frontageNAOne per street frontage; two maximumRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-10 feet10 feet
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign§ 25.05.180.2

    60 sf.

    50 sf.

    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area (Cumulative)Item 14See Item 14., aboveSee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance§ 25.05.180.2Used in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signsUsed in lieu of a directory, pole, OR pylon sign, PLUS applicable attached signs
    Sign Permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Pole Sign or Pylon Sign 2, 4
    Number Allowed-Based on allowable signage of the underlying districtOne per street frontageNAOne per street frontage; two maximumRefer to Item 17, above
    Maximum Height-10 feet15 feet
    Minimum Clearance-Eight feet above gradeEight feet above grade
    Maximum Sign Area / Sign-50 sf.Two square feet per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 100 sf.
    Maximum Sign Area (Cumulative)-

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    Bonus Sign Area for Monument Signs-See Item 14., aboveSee Item 14., above
    Minimum Separation (Signs on Same Property)-100 feet100 feet
    Illumination§ 25.05.170.5Direct or indirectDirect or indirect
    Allowance-Pylon, pole, OR monument signPylon, pole, OR monument sign
    Sign permit Required-Yes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signsYes, plus building and electrical permits for lighted signs
    Cumulative Sign Area
    All Allowed, Limited, and Conditional Uses-Based on cumulative sign area of underlying district

    One square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf.

    NAOne square foot per linear foot of street frontage; maximum 250 sf. of both attached and freestanding signsRefer to Item 16., above

    (Ord. 2016-0217; 2015-0433; 2015-0215; 2021-0460; 2024-0129)

    Effective on: 5/22/2021

    Subsection 25.05.180.4 Off-Premise Advertising Signs
  • 1.
    Sign Types Allowed. Freestanding and signs in the Suburban Commercial (SC), Mixed Use (MU), General Commercial (GC), Business Park (BP), and General Industrial (GI) districts.
  • 2.
    Sign Area Allowed. The total sign area for an off-premise advertising sign shall not exceed:
    1. a.
      Suburban Commercial (SC) and Mixed Use (MU): 288 sf.; or
    2. b.
      General Commercial (GC), Business Park (BP) and General Industrial (GI) districts: 672 sf.
    3. c.
      For an off-premise sign composed of three faces, the sign area shall be determined based on the outer dimensions of all three frames surrounding the sign faces, but excluding the structure supporting the sign unless it is part of the communication of the sign. All three faces can be, but shall not exceed 672 square feet each.
  • 3.
    Height Restrictions. The height of off-premises advertising signs shall not exceed:
    1. a.
      Suburban Commercial (SC) and Mixed Use (MU) districts: 35 feet; or
    2. b.
      General Commercial (GC) and Business Park (BP) districts: 45 feet; or
    3. c.
      General Industrial (GI) district: 55 feet.
  • 4.
    Setbacks. All off-premise advertising signs shall be set back at least 10 feet from the leading nearest edge of the sign to all property lines.
  • 5.
    Additional Regulations. Off-premises advertising signs shall:
    1. a.
      Be located with a minimum separation of 600 feet in all directions from other off-premise advertising signs.
    2. b.
      Not be erected within 300 feet of the rights-of-way of Interstate 29 between Hamilton Boulevard and the Big Sioux River;
    3. c.
      Not be located within a radius of 100 feet of any residential district;
    4. d.
      Not be located within 150 feet of any part of the premises of the following:
      1. 1.
        A public park or square;
      2. 2.
        Public or parochial school;
      3. 3.
        Cemetery;
      4. 4.
        Public buildings designated and erected for cultural purposes;
      5. 5.
        Public assembly buildings;
      6. 6.
        Public museums;
      7. 7.
        Public libraries;
      8. 8.
        Buildings housing the municipal, administrative, or judicial seats of county, state, or federal government;
      9. 9.
        Designated local or national historic district;
      10. 10.
        A historical marker or monument; or
      11. 11.
        Any public or private property or any public street, road or highway bearing any legend, inscription, or notice which purports to record a historical event, incident, or fact conforming to the requirements of the Code of Iowa.
    5. e.
      Not be located within one-quarter mile (1,320 feet) in all directions from the War Eagle monument and the Floyd Monument Obelisk;
    6. f.
      Be erected within any area from a point 150 feet west of Pearl Street to a point 150 feet east of Nebraska Street and from the north line of the Missouri River to the north right-of-way line of Second Street;
    7. g.
      Not be located in, upon, or over any public right-of-way unless such portion of public right-of-way has first been vacated and properly authorized through: Acquisition of title; or Acquisition of an easement; or An encroachment permit pursuant to Chapter 17.28 of the municipal code has been obtained. Encroachment permits are limited to wall signs as defined in Section 4.36.020.
    8. h.
      May be illuminated but shall not flash;
    9. i.
      Be constructed on a steel monopole support; and
    10. j.
      Be prohibited from the following districts:
      1. 1.
        Agriculture (AG);
      2. 2.
        Rural Residential (RR);
      3. 3.
        Suburban Residential (SR);
      4. 4.
        General Residential (GR);
      5. 5.
        Urban Residential (UR);
      6. 6.
        Neighborhood Conservation (NC), including all sub-districts;
      7. 7.
        Mixed Use (MU);
      8. 8.
        Downtown Commercial (DC);
      9. 9.
        Casino Entertainment (CE);
      10. 10.
        Public and Institutional (PI); and
      11. 11.
        Historic Area (HA), including:
        1. A.
          Historic 4th Street (HA-4) sub-district;
        2. B.
          Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-district; and
        3. C.
          Historic Neighborhood or Center (HA-N) sub-district.
  • 6.

    Off-Premise Advertising Sign Free Corridors. Subject to all other provisions of this Item, no off-premise advertising sign shall be permitted in the areas described below: 

    1. a.
      Within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line of the road known as South Lewis Boulevard and/or Highway 75 on the portion of such road between Glenn Avenue and Vine Avenue;
    2. b.
      Within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line of the road known as U.S. Highway 20 and/or Highway 75 on the portion of such road between the Missouri River and the northern City limits;
    3. c.
      Within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line of South Lakeport Street on the portion of such road between Sunnybrook Drive and the road known as Gordon Drive and/or U.S. Highway 20;
    4. d.
      Within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line of the road known as Morningside Avenue and/or Old Highway 141 on the portion of such road between the eastern City limits and South Cecelia Street;
    5. e.
      Within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line of Sunnybrook Drive on the portion of such road between South Lakeport Street and Christy Road;
    6. f.
      Within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line of Hamilton Boulevard on the portion of such road between West 19th Street and the northern City limits;
    7. g.
      Within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line of West 4th Street on the portion of such road between Wesley Parkway and the road known as Riverside Boulevard and/or State Route 12;
    8. h.
      Within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line of Wesley Parkway on the portion of such road between Hamilton Boulevard and the Missouri River;
    9. i.
      Within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line of West 19th Street on the portion of such road between Riverside Boulevard and Hamilton Boulevard;
    10. j.
      Within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line of the road known as Riverside Boulevard and/or State Route 12 on the portion of such road between Interstate 29 and the northern City limits;
    11. k.
      Within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line of Outer Drive on the portion of such road between Hamilton Boulevard and the eastern City limits; and
    12. l.
      Within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line of Transit Avenue on the portion of such road between Morningside Avenue and the road known as South Lewis Boulevard and/or U.S. Business 75
    13. m.
       Within 300 feet of the nearest right-of-way line of Singing Hills Boulevard on the portion of such road between the primary ridge line of Loess Hills and South Lakeport Street;
  • 7.
    Off-Premise Advertising Sign Free Areas. No off-premise advertising signs shall be permitted from the primary ridge line of the Loess Hills to:
    1. a.
      South Lewis Boulevard/U.S. Highway 75 between Lincoln Way and the southern City limits;
    2. b.
      The Big Sioux River between Interstate 29 and Janet Avenue; and
    3. c.
      The Big Sioux River between Military Road and the northern City limits.
    4. d.
      Scenic Byway
      1. 1.
        The erection of off-premise advertising signs are prohibited within 660 feet of a state or nationally designated scenic byway, which includes Interstate 29 through Sioux City extended south to the southerly City limits.
  • 8.
    Digital Display Off-Premise Advertising Signs. Digital display off-premises advertising signs shall:
    1. a.
      Digital display off-premise advertising signs are permitted under the following criteria:
      1. 1.
        ​​​​​​​The following location standards shall apply to digital display off-premise advertising signs erected after the effective date of this ordinance, including existing non-digital off-premise advertising signs that are converted to digital display signs after said effective date, also referred to as “new”.
      2. 2.
        ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​A digital display off-premise advertising sign shall be located to have the visible face a minimum of 500 feet from any residential district, historic district, park, school, religious facility or cemetery.
    2. b.
      The following criteria shall apply to all digital display off-premise advertising signs. Digital display off-premise advertising signs existing at the date of the adoption of this ordinance shall comply with all of the provisions of this section by April 1, 2024.
      1. 1.
        No animation, flashing, video or scrolling text shall be permitted on a digital display billboard sign during or in transition between messages.
      2. 2.
        Any image or message or part of a message displayed on the sign shall have a minimum duration of eight seconds and shall be a static display.
      3. 3.
        Transition time between images or messages or part of a message must be no longer than one second.
      4. 4.
        Digital display off-premise advertising signs must be equipped with automatic dimming technology that automatically adjusts the display’s brightness based upon ambient light conditions.
    3. c.
      Conversion of existing off-premise advertising signs:
      1. 1.
        Existing off-premise advertising signs that are legally conforming may be converted to a digital display.
      2. 2.
        Existing non-conforming off-premise advertising signs shall not be converted to a digital display.
  • (Ord. 2019-0017; 2016-0799; 2015-0915; 2015-0215; 2024-0129)

    Effective on: 9/17/2016

    Subsection 25.05.180.5 Temporary Signs
  • Findings. The City Council finds that:
    1. There is a need and warrant for the display of signage on a one-time, limited duration, and/or intermittent basis to aid businesses and other public or private entities in communicating a commercial message to their customers, patrons, clients, or to the general public;
    2. The regulation of temporary signage is a substantial governmental interest as means for preserving the quality and integrity of the visual environs in a manner that reflects positively on the community and its attractiveness as a place to visit and live; and
    3. It is reasonable to regulate the number, size, height, location, and duration of signs that are placed on property on a temporary basis so as not to devalue or to lessen the impact or importance of permanent signage.
  • Purpose. The purpose of this Item is to set standards for the placement and timing of temporary signs, which are generally classified as follows:
    1. Promotional signs;
    2. Promotional signs for non-commercial activities or events;
    3. Business establishment signs; and
    4. Interim signs.
  • Applicability. The standards of this Item are applicable to the types of portable signs set out in Item 6., below, and in the districts set out in Subsection 25.05.180.1, Sign Types by District.
  • Enforcement.
    1. Temporary signs that are installed improperly or illegally will be removed by the City and the violators will be notified of such violation.
    2. If it is determined that the sign cannot be easily removed, the Administrator, or a designee, will notify the offender of their temporary sign violation.
    3. Offenders will have two business days to remove the sign. If the sign is not removed within this time period they are subject to a fine.
    4. Violators will be notified of violations and will be subject to the enforcement procedures and penalties set out in Subchapter 25.06-DEnforcement and Remedies. Repeat violators will be submitted to the City Attorney for additional remedies.
  • Promotional Signs. Promotional signs are temporary business advertising signs intended to promote and attract attention to a commercial use, activity, or event.
    1. Exemption. Attached and freestanding promotional signs are allowed subject to the standards set out in this Item.
      1. The exemption may be for any combination of attached or freestanding sign types or sizes provided:
        1. The cumulative square footage of sign area does not exceed 18 square feet; and
        2. There are no more than three signs;
      2. Such signs may be displayed up to four times per calendar year with each display period not exceeding 30 days for a maximum duration of 120 days per calendar year; and
      3. The standards and requirements for attached and freestanding promotional signs that are set out in Items 6.b and 6.c below, shall be met.
    2. Attached Promotional Signs.
      1. All attached promotional signs shall be located on the principal building of the lot or parcel where the promoted use, activity, or event is located or is to occur.
      2. For each use, business activity, or business event, one attached promotional sign may be allowed per street frontage of the lot or parcel upon which the sign is to be placed. If two or more lots or parcels are owned by the same person or business entity within the same shopping or business center, then one attached promotional sign is allowed per street frontage. If two or more businesses are owned by the same person or business entity within the same shopping or business center, with each business individually addressed and occupied separately and independently, each business is allowed one  promotional sign per street frontage.
      3. The sign shall be securely and fully attached to the principal building of the use or activity being advertised by the sign. With the approval of the Administrator, or a designee, an attached promotional sign may be securely fastened to another permanent improvement, such as a wall, fence, or accessory building.
      4. When there is more than one attached promotional sign allowed, the signs shall be placed on separate building facades and shall be separated by no less than 20 feet, or the maximum practicable separation.
      5. The sign shall be placed on a wall or permanent building surface of the ground or first floor of the building containing the use or activity being advertised by the sign, up to a height of 12 feet above average grade and not exceeding the top of the eave line or parapet wall.
    3. Freestanding Promotional Signs.
      1. All freestanding promotional signs shall be located on the lot or parcel where the promoted use, activity, or event is located or is to occur.
      2. For each use, business activity, or business event, one freestanding promotional sign may be allowed per street frontage of the lot or parcel upon which the sign is to be placed. If two or more lots or parcels are owned by the same person or business entity within the same shopping or business center, then one freestanding promotional sign is allowed per street frontage. If two or more businesses are owned by the same person or business entity within the same shopping or business center, with each business individually addressed and occupied separately and independently, each business is allowed one freestanding promotional sign per street frontage.
      3. The freestanding promotional sign shall be mounted to a rigid, durable frame, with the sign securely fastened on each side. The sign shall be securely and independently anchored to the ground in a manner that will prevent the sign from displacement due to inclement weather.
      4. Freestanding promotional signs shall not block, restrict, or impair any of the following:
        1. The public’s view of another business or activity;
        2. The public’s view of the signage for another business or activity;
        3. The view or visibility of the operator of any motor vehicle; or
        4. The movement of any pedestrian or motor vehicle.
    4. Promotional Window Signs. In addition to the window signage allowed and set out in Subsection 25.05.180.2, Attached Signs, promotional window signs are allowed as follows:
      1. All promotional signs that are installed in or placed on windows shall be located on the place of business where the promoted use, activity, or event is located or is to occur.
      2. For each use, business activity, or business event, one promotional window sign may be allowed per street frontage of the principal building upon which the window sign is to be placed. If two or more businesses are owned by the same person or business entity within the same shopping or business center, with each business individually addressed and occupied separately and independently, each business is allowed one promotional window signage.
      3. The promotional window signage shall be located on windows on the first or ground floor only. The area of window signage that is allowed in each district in Subsection 25.05.180.2, Attached Signs, may be increased by 20 percent above that allowed for permanent attached signage.
    5. Light Emitting Diode (LED) Promotional Signs. LED displays used for attached, freestanding, or window promotional signs are allowed subject to the recommendation of the Administrator, or a designee, and approval of a conditional sign permit by the Planning and Zoning Commission. The Planning and Zoning Commission may approve, approve with conditions, or deny a conditional sign permit through consideration of the following criteria:
      1. Whether the use for which the LED display is proposed is a conforming or nonconforming use, as applicable;
      2. The history of conformance with this Division and the number of complaints or citations issued to the applicant or property owner;
      3. The location of the promoted event or activity relative to residential districts or uses, as well as other uses that may be negatively impacted by the display(s);
      4. The size of the property and the distance the LED display(s) is proposed to be from abutting or adjacent rights-of-way and properties;
      5. The number of displays and their locations on the subject property;
      6. The size and height of the proposed display(s), together with the proposed days and hours of operation;
      7. The proposed location of the LED display(s) relative to public properties and rights-of-way;
      8. The extent to which the use of an LED display is appropriate and compatible in the proposed location(s) considering the adjacent and surrounding land uses; and
      9. Other criteria deemed appropriate and important by the Administrator or Planning and Zoning Commission.
  • Promotional Signs for Non-Commercial Activities or Events. A promotional sign may be placed on property for a non-commercial activity or event as follows:
    1. Promotional signs for non-commercial activities or event may be attached or freestanding, and may be located on any permanently occupied and improved lot or parcel, or the principal building of such lot or parcel, whether or not the promoted use, activity, or event is to occur on such lot or parcel.
    2. One promotional sign for non-commercial purposes may be allowed per street frontage on any lot or parcel. If two or more lots or parcels are owned by the same person or business entity within the same shopping or business center, then one promotional sign is allowed per street frontage. If two or more businesses are owned by the same person or business entity within the same shopping or business center, with each business individually addressed and occupied separately and independently, each business is allowed one promotional sign for non-commercial purposes.
    3. A promotional sign for non-commercial purposes shall meet the standards set out in Item 5., above, as applicable.
    4. A promotional sign for non-commercial purposes is prohibited within 660 feet of Interstate 29.
    5. Each promotional sign for a non-commercial purpose shall be placed not more than 29 calendar days before a promoted non-commercial event or activity and shall be removed within 24 hours after the event, for a total duration of 30 days per event.
    6. The number of promoted non-commercial events or activities per business, and owner/tenant and address associated with such business, shall not exceed three per calendar year. This allows for the placement of attached promotional signage 90 days per calendar year.
    7. A promotional sign for a non-commercial activity or event may not be placed on any lot or parcel concurrently with another temporary sign.
    8. Use of LED promotional signs shall be in accordance with Item 5.e, above.
  • Business Establishment Signs. Business establishment signs are temporary business advertising signs to announce the establishment or opening of a new business.
    1. For each use or business activity, up to one attached business establishment sign may be allowed per street frontage of the lot or parcel upon which the sign is to be placed. If two or more lots or parcels are owned by the same person or business entity within the same shopping or business center, then one attached business establishment  sign is allowed per street frontage. If two or more businesses are owned by the same person or business entity within the same shopping or business center, with each business individually addressed and occupied separately and independently, each business is allowed one attached business establishment sign per street frontage.
    2. The sign shall be securely and fully attached to the ground or up to a height of 25 feet of the first floor of the principal building, or placed in a window of the use or activity being advertised by the sign. With the approval of the Administrator, or a designee, an attached promotional sign may be securely fastened to another permanent improvement, such as a wall, fence, or accessory building, or may be freestanding.
    3. When there is more than one attached business establishment sign allowed, the signs shall be placed on separate building facades and shall be separated by no less than 20 feet, or the maximum practicable separation.
    4. The maximum sign area of an individual sign, or of each allowable sign when there is more than one street frontage, shall not exceed 50 square feet; provided, however:
      1. The sign area of an individual sign may be increased to 100 square feet if the facade of the principal building to which the sign is proposed to be applied is set back 100 or more feet from street right-of-way, measured in a straight line from the face of the building facade to the nearest point of the adjacent street right-of-way, and the sign occupies no more than 15 percent of the wall surface to which it is applied; or
      2. The sign area of an individual sign may be increased to 250 square feet if the gross floor area of the business to which the business establishment sign applies is greater than 100,000 square feet, and the sign occupies no more than 15 percent of the wall surface to which it is applied.
    5. In no case may two attached business establishment signs for two or more street frontages be combined to create a sign larger than that set out above.
    6. Each attached business establishment sign shall be placed not more than 90 calendar days before the first day of business after the issuance of a certificate of occupancy and upon which the business is staffed and fully operational, and shall be removed within 30 calendar days or upon placement or erection of a permanent sign, whichever comes first. For good cause shown by the applicant, a minor modification may be granted by the Administrator, or a designee, one time for an extended period by which the temporary sign may be in place for no more than an additional 30 days.
    7. A business may not have a business establishment  sign for a duration exceeding 120 days in any two consecutive calendar years, unless it is satisfactorily demonstrated to the Administrator that an official transaction has occurred by which the business has transferred ownership to a separate person or business entity.
  • Interim Sign(s). Interim sign(s) are temporary business advertising signs intended to provide signage in an interim period during which permanent signage is being fabricated, repaired, and/or prepared for installation or erection.
    1. The sign types and maximum numbers, dimensions, and sizes of interim signs shall be the same as the permanent signs that are allowed by this Division within the district in which the lot or parcel and its principal building(s) is (are) located.
    2. All interim signs shall meet the standards set out in Item 5., above, as applicable.
    3. Interim signs shall be in place for no more than 60 calendar days. For good cause shown by the applicant, a minor modification may be granted by the Administrator, or a designee, one time for an extended period by which the interim sign(s) may be in place for no more than an additional 30 days.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215; 2021-0460)

    Effective on: 5/22/2021

    Subsection 25.05.180.6 Portable Signs
  • Purpose. The purpose of this Item is to set standards for the placement and timing of portable signs.
  • Applicability. The standards of this Item are applicable to portable signs generally, and specifically the special sign types set out in Item 5., below, and in the districts set out in Subsection 25.05.180.1, Sign Types by District.
  • Permitting. No permit is required for portable signs, as set out in Section 25.05.140, Application.
  • Portable Signs, Generally. Portable signs are permitted, provided adherence to the following:
    1. No sign shall be placed at any location where, because of its size or location, it may constitute a traffic hazard or may be a detriment to traffic safety by obstructing the vision of drivers, by detracting from the visibility of any traffic control device, or by being confused with an authorized traffic control device.
    2. One non-illuminated sign is permitted per street frontage of a property provided the sign is not located within public street right-of-way.
    3. The cumulative sign area is limited to 16 square feet in the Rural Residential (RR), Suburban Residential (SR), General Residential (GR), and Urban Residential (UR) districts, each of the Neighborhood Conservation (NC) sub-districts, as well as the Historic Neighborhood or Center (HA-N) sub-district.
    4. The cumulative sign area is limited to 64 square feet in all districts other than those set out in Item 4., above.
    5. The sign is not illuminated.
    6. Placement on property other than the advertised property that is along interstate, freeway primary, and primary highways require adherence to all outdoor advertising regulations for off-premise signs and an outdoor advertising permit from the Iowa Department of Transportation is required.
  • Portable Signs, Special.
    1. Election Signs. These portable signs are permitted, provided adherence to the following:
      1. Election signs that are along interstate, freeway primary, and primary highways are not allowed on any property:
        1. Located within public rights-of-way, or that which is owned by the state, county, or City, or any other political subdivision of the state;
        2. Owned by a prohibited contributor under Section 68A.503 of the Iowa Code, unless the sign advocates the passage or defeat of a ballot issue or is exempted;
        3. Within the permission of the property owner; and
        4. On the premises of any polling place or voting site on election day, or within 300 feet of its entrance, in accordance with Iowa Code Chapter 68A.406.
      2. A cumulative sign area of 16 square feet is allowed in the Rural Residential (RR), Suburban Residential (SR), General Residential (GR), and Urban Residential (UR) districts, each of the Neighborhood Conservation (NC) sub-districts as well as the Historic Neighborhood or Center (HA-N) sub-district.
      3. A cumulative sign area of no more than 32 square feet is allowed in all districts other than those set out in Item 2., above.
      4. No election sign is placed at any location where, because of its size, location, content, or coloring, it may constitute a traffic hazard or a detriment to traffic safety by obstructing the vision of drivers, by detracting from the visibility of any traffic control device, or by being confused with an authorized traffic control device.
    2. Sandwich Board Signs. These portable signs are permitted, provided adherence to the following:
      1. There is only one sign allowed per business, and owner/tenant and address associated with such business.
      2. The sign area is limited to six square feet per sign face and a maximum of 12 square feet for a double-faced sign in the Mixed Use (MU), Suburban Commercial (SC), General Commercial (GC), and Downtown Commercial (DC) districts, and in the Historic 4th Street (HA-4) and Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-districts.
      3. The maximum height of a sandwich board sign is three feet from the sidewalk surface.
      4. The sign is not illuminated.
      5. The sign shall be constructed of materials that present a finished appearance. Rough-cut plywood, cardboard, corrugated metal, plastic-framed signs that are stenciled or spray painted are prohibited. Sign lettering shall be professionally painted or applied; however, chalkboard signs shall be permitted.
      6. The sign is placed on, but not permanently anchored to, the ground.
      7. The sign does not block driveways, alleys, or walkways, and is not placed in the street or in a parking place.
      8. Signs may be displayed during business hours only and must be removed during non-business hours and times of inclement weather.
      9. Signs shall be located directly in front of the business to which the sandwich board sign relates and in a location that is closest to the business entrance.
      10. There shall be no less than four feet of unobstructed sidewalk on any side of the sign for pedestrian use. Obstructions such as parking meters, street lights, fire hydrants, bus stops, trees or planters must be outside of the four feet of unobstructed sidewalk.
      11. Signs shall not be located in, upon, or over any public right-of-way unless said portion of public right-of-way has first been provided authorization through an encroachment permit pursuant to Chapter 17.28 of the Municipal Code.
      12. No sign shall be placed at any location where, because of its size or location, it may constitute a traffic hazard or a detriment to traffic safety by obstructing the vision of drivers, by detracting from the visibility of any traffic control device, or by being confused with an authorized traffic control device.
    3. Mobile Signs. These portable signs are permitted, provided adherence to the following:

      1. The mobile sign shall only display on-premises advertising;

      2. The mobile sign may be permitted on the premises of a nonresidential property for no more than 60 days in any calendar year;

      3. The mobile sign shall not exceed 60 square feet of sign area; and

      4. Such sign shall not exceed ten feet in height.

    4. Windfeather Signs. These portable signs are permitted, provided adherence to the following:

      1. Shall not exceed 32 square feet in total area per sign;

      2. Shall not exceed more than one per 50 feet of street frontage;

      3. Allowed up to 60 days per calendar year at any one business location; and

      4. Setback 5’ from the property line.

  •  

    (Ord. 2017-1065; 2015-0215; 2021-0460)

    Effective on: 5/22/2021

    Subsection 25.05.190.1 Sign Design Program Alternative
  • Generally.
    1. Purpose. The requirements of this Item ensure that signs that meet certain standards that are consistent with the character and quality of development in Sioux City may be promptly approved and displayed. For development in the areas set out in Item 2., below, approval of a sign design program pursuant to the standards of this Section will allow for a unified presentation of signage throughout parcels proposed for development, as well as flexibility to provide for unique environments and pre-approval of designs and design elements to make subsequent applications for sign permits more efficient. To this end, a sign design program alternative is created.
    2. Approval Criteria. The Planning and Zoning Commission may approve a sign design program if it results in a substantially improved, comprehensive, and unified proposal compared to what is allowed through strict compliance with the sign regulations set out in this Division. The Administrator shall review all sign types (e.g., attached, freestanding, temporary, etc.) for the parcel proposed for development, to determine the degree of compliance with this Section, and shall report to the Planning and Zoning Commission with regard to the degree of deviation from these standards, if any, that is sought by the applicant. The degree of deviation sought by the applicant shall be measured against the degree of compliance with the standards of this Article.
  • Applicability. The sign design program alternative is applicable to development, redevelopment, and substantial improvements in the following locations:
    1. Public, semi-public, and institutional uses as set out in Subsection 25.02.060.4, Public and Institutional (PI) District.
    2. Traditional Neighborhood Development (TND), as set out in Section 25.03.170, Traditional Neighborhood Development;
    3. Nonresidential and mixed use development, as set out in the applicable locations of Subsection 25.03.180.2, Application; and
    4. Special districts set out in Subsection 25.03.190.2, Application, including the:
      1. Downtown Commercial (DC) district;
      2. Historic Area, including the:
        1. Historic 4th Street (HA-4) sub-district,
        2. Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-district, and
        3. Historic Neighborhood or Center (HA-N) sub-district; and
      3. Suburban Commercial (SC) district;
      4. Casino Entertainment (CE) district; and
      5. Urban renewal neighborhoods.
    5. College and University Campuses. On the campuses of Morningside College and Briar Cliff University, additional directional and information signs are permitted, provided:
      1. All signs and sign structures are located on private property within the area designated as a college or university campus. Designation may be determined as follows:
        1. The following information is submitted to the Administrator:
          1. Prior to installing any signs authorized by these applicable provision, a zoning permit is required.
          2. The boundaries of the campus and master site plan may be amended in accordance with the procedure set about in Item 2.e.1.A., above.
        2. Within five days after receipt of the information, the Administrator will forward a written determination to the applicant.
        3. Site plan drawn to scale showing the location of all the facilities and properties included in the campus;
        4. Evidence of property ownership; and
        5. A master sign plan showing the location and size of the structure or sign and a colored illustration showing the style of copy and design theme.
      2. Sign copy must only give directional information to or identify a facility or service located within the designated campus.
      3. Sign structures are not subject to setback requirements; however, sign structures nor sign faces shall not conflict with pedestrian traffic or obstruct visibility at the intersections of public street rights-of-way or driveways. The Administrator, or a designee, shall make such determination when situations require a decision.
      4. Sign structures shall not exceed 12 feet in height.
      5. Sign area shall not exceed 32 square feet.
      6. Freestanding signs located within 30 feet of any intersection of public street rights-of-ways or driveways shall not be over 42 inches in height.
      7. Pylon signs or projecting signs located within 30 feet of any intersection of public street rights-of-ways shall have a minimum of eight feet of clearance between the ground and the bottom of the sign face.
  • Standards for Specific Land Uses.
    1. Multi-Tenant Structures.
      1. Other than those on the ground or first floor which have a separate access that is not through a common entrance, any business, establishment, facility, or office on any floor of a multi-tenant structure shall be permitted a maximum sign area not to exceed 10 square feet.
      2. No exterior building sign advertising a ground or first floor tenant in a multi-tenant structure shall be erected or maintained at a height of more than 25 feet above grade or the height of the building, whichever is less.
      3. In addition to the individual advertising signs permitted by this Item, a multi-tenant structure shall be permitted one wall-mounted building identification sign on each side of the structure not to exceed 20 square feet in area per sign.
    2. Shopping Centers and Malls.
      1. Each shopping center or mall that exceeds 100,000 square feet in gross floor area shall be permitted one freestanding sign per street frontage. The purpose of this sign shall be to identify the shopping center and tenants within the shopping center. The permitted sign area shall be computed as one square foot for each linear foot of street frontage not to exceed 250 square feet in area per sign. At the discretion of the property owner, a single freestanding sign not to exceed 500 square feet in area may be erected in lieu of the two, 250 square foot signs. The height limit shall conform to the limits of the district in which it is located. In computing the area, not more than two street frontages may be used, nor shall frontages along vacant and undeveloped land be considered. Such freestanding sign shall not be credited toward the total sign area permitted for each principal use.
      2. Enclosed malls shall be permitted one wall sign per primary mall entrance, not to exceed 20 square feet in area for each entrance.
      3. Any tenant within an enclosed mall shall be permitted one wall sign not to exceed 10 square feet.
    3. Apartment Complexes.
      1. Each apartment complex over 15 housing units may have one additional freestanding sign per driveway entrance to a public street.
      2. The cumulative freestanding sign area for an apartment complex would be 50 square feet, with each maximum area per sign limited to 16 square feet.
      3. A single freestanding sign not to exceed 50 square feet in area may be erected in lieu of multiple signs.
  • Conditions of Approval. The Planning and Zoning Commission may impose reasonable conditions on the sign design program that are not related to the content of the signs or the viewpoints of the sign users, in order to ensure continuing compliance with the standards of this Section and approved sign design programs.
  • Contents of Sign Design Program. A sign design program shall set out a master plan for signage for an entire parcel proposed for development. For example, shopping center sign design programs shall include all tenants and out parcels; and office or industrial parks shall include all types of signs for way-finding and tenants or uses within the development. Sign design programs shall set out:
    1. Sign dimensions and approximate locations;
    2. Materials and colors;
    3. Proposed illumination, including illumination levels;
    4. Maximum numbers of items of information per sign face;
    5. A design theme with illustrative examples of each sign type and the proposed general locations of each sign type; and
    6. A demonstration that the sign design program will improve the aesthetics of the development and will not have an adverse impact on the use, enjoyment, or value of property in adjacent or nearby residential uses or districts.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215, Ord. 2022-1052)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.190.2 Flexibility Criteria
  • Generally. Signage that is proposed as part of a sign design program may deviate from the standards of this Division in terms of the types and numbers of signs allowed, the maximum sign area, the maximum signable area ratio, and materials and illumination standards (including electronic message centers), subject to compliance with a sign design program that is approved according to the flexibility criteria set out in this Section.
  • Prohibited Signs and Sign Elements. Prohibited signs and sign elements are not eligible for inclusion in a sign design program unless specifically indicated in this Division.
  • Modification of Sign Setbacks. Setbacks for freestanding signs may deviate from the requirements of Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs, if it is demonstrated that there is no impact on public safety or utility easements, and all other requirements for approval of a sign design program are met.
  • Architectural Theme.
    1. All signs shall be architecturally integrated into or complimentary to the design of the buildings and character of the site, and shall use similar and coordinated design features, materials, and colors. The sign design program shall establish an integrated architectural vocabulary and cohesive theme for the parcel proposed for development.
    2. The design, character, location, and/or materials of all freestanding and attached signs proposed in a sign design program shall be demonstrated to be more attractive than signs otherwise permitted on the parcel proposed for development under the minimum standards of this Division.
    3. Lighting standards shall not deviate from the standards of this Division, except as part of a sign design program for a parcel proposed for development in a MU, CE, or PI districts, in locations where the lighting:
      1. Cannot be seen from outside of the parcel proposed for development;
      2. Does not create a sky glow under normal conditions; and
      3. Does not shine into windows of residential units located within the district.
  • Height, Area, Number and Location of Signs.
    1. The height, area, number, and location of signs permitted through the sign design program shall be determined by the Planning and Zoning Commission based on the following criteria:
      1. The overall size of the parcel proposed for development and the scale of the use or uses located or anticipated to be located there (larger land areas and scales of use tend to favor larger signs and/or more signs);
      2. Relationship between the building setback and sign location (additional signage may be appropriate for buildings with less visibility, particularly where buffering is providing as an aesthetic and/or environmental benefit to the City);
      3. Frontage (larger frontages may justify more or larger signs, particularly if the size of the frontage tends to prevent sign clutter from multiple adjacent parcels);
      4. Access and visibility to the site;
      5. Intended traffic circulation pattern and the need for way-finding;
      6. Hierarchy of signage;
      7. Relationship between the site and adjacent uses;
      8. The desired function of the site (e.g., the Downtown Commercial (DC) and Mixed Use (MU) districts and the Historic 4th Street (HA-4) and Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-districts may include signage that is more pedestrian-oriented in character than a general commercial area); and
      9. Consistency with the objectives and design policies of the Comprehensive Plan, as well as the following:
        1. Design Works Design Guidelines;
        2. Hamilton Corridor Plan;
        3. Geneva Corridor Plan;
        4. Pierce Corridor Plan;
        5. West 7th Street Corridor Improvement Project;
        6. Historic Pearl District Plan; and
        7. Other applicable corridor or sub-area plans.
    2. Additionally, the maximum permitted sign area shall be based on the following formula when evaluated against the above criteria:
      1. The maximum area permitted for attached signage shall range from one percent up to a maximum of six percent of the building facade to which the sign is to be attached.
      2. The maximum total permitted area of all freestanding signs on a parcel proposed for development shall not exceed 10 percent more than the total sign area that would otherwise be permitted by Subsection 25.05.180.3, Freestanding Signs.
  • Character. The signage proposed in a sign design program shall not have an adverse impact on the character of the district in which the parcel proposed for development is located, or of the City of Sioux City.
  • Property Values. The signage proposed in a sign design program will not have an adverse impact on the value of property in the immediate vicinity of the parcel proposed for development.
  • Elimination of Nonconforming Signs. If there are existing signs within the parcel proposed for development, they shall be brought into conformance with the standards of the approved sign design program.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.200.1 Downtown and Historic Districts
  • Purpose. The Downtown Commercial (DC) district, and the Historic 4th Street (HA-4) and Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-districts represent the functional center and symbolic history of the community, each of which have active and attractive pedestrian environments. Signs help to convey an image and communicate a message of businesses, which also contribute significantly to the character and visual harmony of these important areas. Therefore, signs in these areas must be pedestrian-scaled and be of an artistic quality and creative design to reinforce the aesthetic and historic integrity of the general area. The standards set out in this Item are to implement this vision.
  • Applicability. The standards of this Item are applicable to the types of signs set out below, and in the districts set out in Subsection 25.05.180.1, Sign Types by District.
    1. Attached Signage. Generally, the standards for attached signs set out in Subsection 25.05.180.2, Attached Signs, are applicable in the downtown district and historic sub-districts.
      1. Wall signs attached to the façade of buildings shall only be permitted in an area of the façade between the top of the ground floor windows and one foot below the cornice or, in the case of two or more story buildings, the bottom sill of the second floor windows (otherwise known as the sign band). The maximum vertical dimension of signage in this area shall be no more than 18 inches in height. Wall signs shall have raised trim or a raised border of some fashion other than paint.
      2. A projecting sign is permitted as set out in Subsection 25.05.180.2, Attached Signs. A projecting sign shall be supported by a decorative bracket, designed and constructed with craftsmanship and detail. Any such projecting sign shall be oriented so that the face of the sign is perpendicular to the building façade from which it projects.
      3. Directory and Upper Floor Signs.
        1. For two-story, multi-tenant buildings, one small directory sign with nameplates of the individual tenants is permitted on the exterior facade of the ground or first floor. The maximum size of the directory is two square feet. The design of the sign shall be integrated with and compliment the building design.
        2. Where a second story tenant has a separate entry door on the street-level, a small projecting sign is permitted, in addition to the other allowed signage for the ground floor storefront. Such sign shall be placed near the tenant street entry, which may extend no more than three feet from the wall surface and may be no greater in sign area than two square feet.
        3. Commercial uses on an upper floor that do not have ground floor occupancy may have window signs in addition to the permitted attached signs set out in Subsection 25.05.180.2, Attached Signs. One window sign is permitted per framed window area, which cannot exceed 15 percent of the total second floor glass area for the subject use and building. Upper floor window signs shall not be illuminated.
      4. An attached or freestanding menu holder is permitted on the exterior storefront of a restaurant or other applicable establishment.
        1. Such holder shall be limited to the size of two pages of the menu for which the overall size may not exceed one square foot.
        2. The menu holder shall not be located so as to cause a safety hazard for pedestrians.
        3. The menu holder shall not be used for additional signage.
    2. Temporary Signage. The standards for temporary signs set out in Subsection 25.05.180.5, Temporary Signs, are applicable in the downtown district and historic sub-districts.
    3. Prohibited Signs. Cabinet-style, internally-illuminated, and roof signs and unofficial flags are prohibited in the Downtown Commercial (DC) district, and the Historic 4th Street (HA-4) and Historic Pearl Street (HA-P) sub-districts.
  • (Ord2015-0433; 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 6/13/2015

    Subsection 25.05.200.2 Residential Areas
  • Purpose. By reason of the historic patterns of land use that have occurred over many years, and due to the allowance of public assembly uses in residential districts, there are public and institutional, as well as nonresidential uses within or immediately abutting residential uses and districts. Since these uses tend to be of greater scale and intensity than those of the abutting residential uses, they often impact the value and enjoyment of the low density residential properties. For this reason, the following standards are established to minimize or mitigate to the extent practicable the impacts associated with the signage for these existing nonresidential uses.
  • Signs in Residential Areas. Set out in Subsection 25.05.180.1, Sign Types by District, is the different sign types that are allowed in each of the residential districts. Signs are either allowed, limited, conditional, or prohibited. In recognition of the impacts that may be created by signs in residential districts, this Code establishes the following:
    1. Limited Approval. Limited approval allows the sign in the applicable districts provided it complies with the standards and requirements of this Code. Examples of limited approval signs in the residential districts are portable signs. The standards for these signs that are required to be met for placement in the residential districts are set out in Subsection 25.05.180.6, Portable Signs. Non-compliance with these standards and requirements would subject to applicable sign(s) to the City's enforcement provisions.
    2. Conditional Approval. Conditional approval requires the review and approval of the Planning and Zoning Commission. Generally, all attached, freestanding, and portable signs that are associated with the existing or allowable public, institutional, and nonresidential uses in the residential districts require conditional approval. Such approval allows the Planning and Zoning Commission to approve, approve with conditions, or deny a sign permit. Conditional approval is required for the following:
      1. Land uses that require a conditional use permit;
      2. Existing public, institutional, nonresidential, and mixed uses that existed on the effective date of this Code within the residential districts, as well as the NC.4 and NC.5 Neighborhood Conservation (NC) sub-districts; and
      3. Certain sign types in certain districts.
  • Design Standards. In addition to the standards set out in Section 25.05.170, General Design and Maintenance Standards, the following standards apply for all public assembly uses in residential districts, together with all other public, institutional, and nonresidential uses, as well as mixed-use buildings and centers.
    1. Allowed Sign Types. When signs are located within 50 feet of a property line of a residential district or use, the allowable sign types include:
      1. Freestanding Signs:
        1. Directional / informational sign.
        2. Directory sign.
        3. Monument sign with changeable copy or message center.
      2. Attached Signs:
        1. Awning / canopy sign.
        2. Wall sign.
        3. Window sign.
    2. Prohibited Sign Types. When signs are located within 50 feet of a property line of a residential district or use, the prohibited sign types include:
      1. Attached Signs:
        1. Arcade sign.
        2. GOBO projection sign.
        3. Marquee sign.
        4. Projecting sign.
        5. Roof sign.
        6. Unofficial flag.
      2. Freestanding Signs:
        1. Pole sign.
        2. Pylon sign.
    3. Placement. Signs shall be placed with consideration of the impacts on abutting or adjacent residential districts and uses. In all cases, and to the maximum extent practicable, signs shall be located at a point with the greatest dimension and separation from the property line of a residential use or the boundary line of a residential district.
    4. Design. In addition to the limitations as to the allowable attached and freestanding sign types, the design of freestanding signage may help to eliminate or, at a minimum, mitigate their impacts. The alternative orientations of freestanding signs are set out in Figure 25.05.200.2, Sign Orientation, which, in order of descending preference, include:
      1. Monument sign placed parallel to the street;
      2. Double-faced monument sign with the sign faces angled such that they are readable to passing motorist but yet oriented so as not to cause visibility or glare; and
      3. Monument signs placed perpendicular to the street.
    5. Message Centers.
      1. Message centers are allowed provided they make up no more than 30 percent of the sign area of a monument sign.
      2. Message centers shall comply with the standards set out in Subsection 25.05.170.6, Message Centers.
    6. Buffering. For angular, double-faced monument signs and those that are placed perpendicular to the street, a Type A bufferyard is required whereby the required trees and shrubs shall create a visual buffer to a minimum height of 12 feet. (See Section 25.05.100, Bufferyards)
    7. Illumination. As set out in Subsection 25.05.170.5, Illumination of Signs, the level of illumination is restricted to 0.3 footcandles over ambient light conditions. As warranted, the Administrator, or a designee, may require a lower level of illumination.
  • Figure 25.05.200.2
    Sign Orientation

    (Ord. 2015-0215)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901

    Subsection 25.05.200.3 Primary Highway Signage
  • 1.
    Purpose. The purpose of this Item is to set out the provisions of state and federal law pertaining to both on- and off-premise advertising signs along the state's primary highways, as well as to establish the regulation of the City for these signs within the City limits.
  • 2.
    Applicability.
    1. a.
      Outdoor Advertising Signs. Outdoor advertising signs along the state's primary highways are regulated by the Iowa Department of Transportation, which includes signs located within the City limits if they are visible from a primary highway and within 660 feet of the highway right-of-way.
    2. b.
      Off-Premise Outdoor Advertising Signs along Interstate 29. Off-premise outdoor advertising signs are regulated by the Iowa Department of Transportation, which includes billboards located within the City limits if they are within 660 feet of the right-of-way of Interstate 29. The specific requirements are in accordance with federal laws and regulations, which relate to:
      1. 1.
        Iowa Code Chapter 306B, Outdoor Advertising Along Interstate Highways;
      2. 2.
        Iowa Code Chapter 306C, Junkyard Beautification and Billboard Control; and
      3. 3.
        Iowa Administrative Rule 761 IAC Chapter 117, Outdoor Advertising.
      4. 4.
        Sioux City Municipal Code Section 25.05.180.4, Off-Premise Advertising Signs.
  • (Ord. 2015-0215; 2024-0129)

    Effective on: 1/1/1901